Make Find and Replace dialog localizable
[MacVim.git] / src / screen.c
blobaa4451ca63308a5664d39bdf6481aba4f7091542
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the
29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
30 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used.
32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
36 * ScreenLines[].
38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
40 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
55 * later.
57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
73 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
74 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
75 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
76 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
78 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
79 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
81 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
82 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
84 * Things that are handled indirectly:
85 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
86 * update_screen() called to redraw.
89 #include "vim.h"
92 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
94 static int screen_attr = 0;
97 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
98 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
100 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
102 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
103 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
104 #endif
106 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
107 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
108 #endif
111 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
113 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
115 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
116 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
118 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
119 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
120 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
121 #endif
122 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
123 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
124 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
125 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
126 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
127 #else
128 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
129 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
130 #endif
131 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
132 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
133 #endif
134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
135 static void redraw_custum_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
136 #endif
137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
138 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
139 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
140 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
142 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
143 #endif
144 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
145 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
147 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
148 #endif
149 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
150 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
151 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
153 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
154 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
155 #endif
156 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
157 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
158 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
159 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
160 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
161 #endif
162 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
163 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
164 #endif
165 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
166 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
167 #endif
168 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
169 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
170 #endif
171 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
172 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
173 #endif
175 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
177 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
178 #endif
181 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
182 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
183 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
185 void
186 redraw_later(type)
187 int type;
189 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
192 void
193 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
194 win_T *wp;
195 int type;
197 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
199 wp->w_redr_type = type;
200 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
201 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
202 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
203 must_redraw = type;
208 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
209 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
211 void
212 redraw_later_clear()
214 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
216 if (gui.in_use)
217 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
218 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
219 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
220 else
221 #endif
222 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
229 void
230 redraw_all_later(type)
231 int type;
233 win_T *wp;
235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
237 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
244 void
245 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
246 int type;
248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
251 void
252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
253 buf_T *buf;
254 int type;
256 win_T *wp;
258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
261 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
273 void
274 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
275 linenr_T lnum;
276 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */
278 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
279 int i;
280 #endif
282 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
283 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
284 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
285 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
286 redraw_later(VALID);
288 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
289 if (invalid)
291 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
292 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
293 if (i >= 0)
294 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
296 #endif
300 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
302 void
303 update_curbuf(type)
304 int type;
306 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
307 update_screen(type);
311 * update_screen()
313 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
314 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
316 void
317 update_screen(type)
318 int type;
320 win_T *wp;
321 static int did_intro = FALSE;
322 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
323 int did_one;
324 #endif
326 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
327 return;
329 if (must_redraw)
331 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
332 type = must_redraw;
334 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
335 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
336 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
337 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
338 must_redraw = 0;
341 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
342 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
343 type = NOT_VALID;
345 if (!redrawing())
347 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
348 must_redraw = type;
349 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
350 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
351 return;
354 updating_screen = TRUE;
355 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
356 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
357 * display updating */
358 #endif
361 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
363 if (msg_scrolled)
365 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
366 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
367 type = CLEAR;
368 else if (type != CLEAR)
370 check_for_delay(FALSE);
371 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
372 type = CLEAR;
373 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
375 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
377 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
378 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
379 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
380 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
382 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
383 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
385 else
387 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
388 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
389 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
390 <= msg_scrolled)
391 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
392 #endif
396 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
397 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
398 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
399 #endif
401 msg_scrolled = 0;
402 need_wait_return = FALSE;
405 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
406 compute_cmdrow();
408 /* Check for changed highlighting */
409 if (need_highlight_changed)
410 highlight_changed();
412 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
414 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
415 type = NOT_VALID;
418 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
419 check_for_delay(FALSE);
421 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
422 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
423 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
424 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
425 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
426 #endif
429 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
431 if (type == INVERTED)
432 update_curswant();
433 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
434 && !((type == VALID
435 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
436 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
437 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
438 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
439 #endif
440 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
441 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
442 || (type == INVERTED
443 && VIsual_active
444 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
445 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
446 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
447 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
448 #endif
450 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
452 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
453 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
454 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
455 draw_tabline();
456 #endif
458 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
460 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
461 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
463 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
465 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
467 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
468 win_T *wwp;
470 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
471 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
472 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
473 break;
474 # endif
475 if (
476 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
477 wwp == wp &&
478 # endif
479 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
480 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
483 #endif
486 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
487 * it.
489 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
490 did_one = FALSE;
491 #endif
492 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
493 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
494 #endif
495 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
497 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
499 cursor_off();
500 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
501 if (!did_one)
503 did_one = TRUE;
504 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
505 start_search_hl();
506 # endif
507 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
508 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
509 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
510 clip_update_selection();
511 # endif
512 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
513 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
514 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
515 * it. */
516 if (gui.in_use)
517 gui_undraw_cursor();
518 #endif
520 #endif
521 win_update(wp);
524 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
525 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
526 if (wp->w_redr_status)
528 cursor_off();
529 win_redr_status(wp);
531 #endif
533 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
534 end_search_hl();
535 #endif
537 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
538 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
539 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
540 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
541 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
542 #else
543 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
544 #endif
546 updating_screen = FALSE;
547 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
548 gui_may_resize_shell();
549 #endif
551 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
552 * mess up the command line. */
553 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
554 showmode();
556 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
557 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
558 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
559 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
560 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
561 #endif
562 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
563 intro_message(FALSE);
564 did_intro = TRUE;
566 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
567 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
568 * done. */
569 if (gui.in_use)
571 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
572 if (did_one)
573 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
574 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
576 #endif
579 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
580 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
581 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
584 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
586 static void
587 update_prepare()
589 cursor_off();
590 updating_screen = TRUE;
591 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
592 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
593 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
594 if (gui.in_use)
595 gui_undraw_cursor();
596 #endif
597 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
598 start_search_hl();
599 #endif
603 * Finish updating one or more windows.
605 static void
606 update_finish()
608 if (redraw_cmdline)
609 showmode();
611 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
612 end_search_hl();
613 # endif
615 updating_screen = FALSE;
617 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
618 gui_may_resize_shell();
620 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
621 * done. */
622 if (gui.in_use)
624 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
625 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
626 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
628 # endif
630 #endif
632 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
633 void
634 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
635 buf_T *buf;
636 linenr_T lnum;
638 win_T *wp;
639 int doit = FALSE;
641 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
642 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
643 # endif
645 /* update/delete a specific mark */
646 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
648 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
650 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
651 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
653 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
654 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
655 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
656 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
657 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
660 else
661 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
662 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
663 doit = TRUE;
666 if (!doit)
667 return;
669 /* update all windows that need updating */
670 update_prepare();
672 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
673 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
675 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
676 win_update(wp);
677 if (wp->w_redr_status)
678 win_redr_status(wp);
680 # else
681 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
682 win_update(curwin);
683 # endif
685 update_finish();
687 #endif
690 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
692 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
693 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
695 void
696 updateWindow(wp)
697 win_T *wp;
699 update_prepare();
701 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
702 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
703 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
704 clip_update_selection();
705 #endif
707 win_update(wp);
709 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
710 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
711 if (redraw_tabline)
712 draw_tabline();
714 if (wp->w_redr_status
715 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
716 || p_ru
717 # endif
718 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
719 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
720 # endif
722 win_redr_status(wp);
723 #endif
725 update_finish();
727 #endif
730 * Update a single window.
732 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
733 * screen or scrolling lines).
735 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
736 * implies the one below it.
737 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
738 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
739 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
740 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
741 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
742 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
743 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
744 * 3. redraw changed text:
745 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
746 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
747 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
748 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
749 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
750 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
751 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
752 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
753 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
754 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
756 static void
757 win_update(wp)
758 win_T *wp;
760 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
761 int type;
762 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
763 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
764 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
765 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
766 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
767 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
768 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
769 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
770 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
771 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
772 w_topline got smaller a bit */
773 #endif
774 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
775 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
776 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
777 #endif
779 int row; /* current window row to display */
780 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
781 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
782 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
784 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
785 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
786 int i;
787 long j;
788 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
789 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
790 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
791 long fold_count;
792 #endif
793 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
794 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
795 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
796 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
797 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
798 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
799 int did_update = DID_NONE;
800 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
801 #endif
802 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
803 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
804 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
805 int save_got_int;
806 #endif
808 type = wp->w_redr_type;
810 if (type == NOT_VALID)
812 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
813 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
814 #endif
815 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
818 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
819 if (wp->w_height == 0)
821 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
822 return;
825 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
826 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
827 if (wp->w_width == 0)
829 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
830 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
831 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
832 return;
834 #endif
836 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
837 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
838 * match */
839 cur = wp->w_match_head;
840 while (cur != NULL)
842 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
843 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
844 cur->hl.attr = 0;
845 else
846 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
847 cur->hl.buf = buf;
848 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
849 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
850 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
851 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
852 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
853 # endif
854 cur = cur->next;
856 search_hl.buf = buf;
857 search_hl.lnum = 0;
858 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
859 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
860 #endif
862 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
863 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
864 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
865 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
867 type = NOT_VALID;
868 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
870 else
871 #endif
873 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
876 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
877 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
878 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
880 type = NOT_VALID;
882 else
885 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
886 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
888 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
889 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
890 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
891 else
892 mod_bot = 0;
893 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
894 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
895 if (buf->b_mod_set)
897 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
899 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
900 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
901 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
902 * in a pattern match. */
903 if (syntax_present(buf))
905 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
906 if (mod_top < 1)
907 mod_top = 1;
909 #endif
911 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
912 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
914 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
915 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
916 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
917 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
918 * lines above the change.
919 * Same for a match pattern.
921 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
922 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
923 top_to_mod = TRUE;
924 else
926 cur = wp->w_match_head;
927 while (cur != NULL)
929 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
930 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
932 top_to_mod = TRUE;
933 break;
935 cur = cur->next;
938 #endif
940 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
941 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
943 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
946 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
947 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
948 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
949 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
950 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
953 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
954 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
955 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
956 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
957 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
958 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
959 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
960 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
962 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
963 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
964 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
966 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
967 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
968 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
969 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
970 ++lnumb;
974 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
975 if (mod_top > lnumt)
976 mod_top = lnumt;
978 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
979 --mod_bot;
980 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
981 ++mod_bot;
982 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
983 mod_bot = lnumb;
985 #endif
987 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
988 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
989 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
990 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
991 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
993 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
994 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
995 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
996 else if (syntax_present(buf))
997 top_end = 1;
998 #endif
1001 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1002 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1003 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1004 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1008 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1009 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1011 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1013 j = 0;
1014 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1016 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1017 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1019 top_end = j;
1020 break;
1023 if (top_end == 0)
1024 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1025 type = NOT_VALID;
1026 else
1027 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1028 type = VALID;
1031 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1032 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1033 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1034 * called. */
1035 if (screen_cleared)
1036 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1039 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1040 * handle three cases:
1041 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1042 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1043 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1044 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1046 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1047 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1048 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1049 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1050 #endif
1053 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1056 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1057 * further down.
1060 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1061 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1062 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1063 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1064 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1065 #endif
1069 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1071 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1072 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1074 linenr_T ln;
1076 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1077 * of folded lines as one */
1078 j = 0;
1079 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1081 ++j;
1082 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1083 break;
1084 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1087 else
1088 #endif
1089 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1090 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1092 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1093 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1094 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1095 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1096 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1097 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1098 #endif
1099 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1102 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1103 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1104 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1106 if (i > 0)
1107 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1108 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1110 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1112 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1113 * first one that scrolled down. */
1114 top_end = i;
1115 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1116 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1117 #endif
1119 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1120 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1121 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1122 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1123 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1124 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1125 while (idx >= 0)
1126 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1129 else
1130 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1132 else
1133 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1135 else
1136 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1138 else
1141 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1142 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1143 * needs updating.
1146 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1147 j = -1;
1148 row = 0;
1149 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1151 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1152 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1154 j = i;
1155 break;
1157 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1159 if (j == -1)
1161 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1162 * lines */
1163 mid_start = 0;
1165 else
1168 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1169 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1171 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1172 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1173 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1174 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1175 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1176 else
1177 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1178 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1179 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1180 #endif
1181 if (row > 0)
1183 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1184 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1185 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1186 else
1187 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1189 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1192 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1193 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1194 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1195 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1197 bot_start = 0;
1198 idx = 0;
1199 for (;;)
1201 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1202 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1203 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1204 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1205 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1207 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1208 break;
1210 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1212 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1213 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1215 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1216 break;
1219 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1220 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1221 * when it won't get updated below. */
1222 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1223 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1224 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1225 + wp->w_topfill;
1226 #endif
1231 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1232 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1233 * first. */
1234 if (mid_start == 0)
1236 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1237 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1239 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1240 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1241 * then. */
1242 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1243 screenclear();
1244 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1245 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1246 if (redraw_tabline)
1247 draw_tabline();
1248 #endif
1252 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1253 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1254 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1255 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1256 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1257 must_redraw = 0;
1259 else
1261 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1262 mid_start = 0;
1263 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1266 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1268 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1269 mid_start = 0;
1270 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1271 type = NOT_VALID;
1274 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1275 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1276 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1277 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1279 linenr_T from, to;
1281 if (VIsual_active)
1283 if (VIsual_active
1284 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1285 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1288 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1289 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1290 * gained or lost.
1292 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1294 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1295 to = VIsual.lnum;
1297 else
1299 from = VIsual.lnum;
1300 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1302 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1303 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1304 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1305 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1306 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1307 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1308 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1309 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1310 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1312 else
1315 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1316 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1317 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1319 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1321 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1322 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1324 else
1326 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1327 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1328 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1329 from = to;
1332 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1333 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1335 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1336 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1337 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1338 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1339 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1340 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1341 from = VIsual.lnum;
1342 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1343 to = VIsual.lnum;
1348 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1349 * update all lines.
1350 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1352 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1354 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1356 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1357 ++toc;
1358 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1359 toc = MAXCOL;
1361 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1362 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1364 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1365 from = VIsual.lnum;
1366 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1367 to = VIsual.lnum;
1369 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1370 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1373 else
1375 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1376 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1378 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1379 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1381 else
1383 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1384 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1389 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1391 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1392 from = wp->w_topline;
1395 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1396 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1398 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1400 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1401 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1402 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1403 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1407 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1408 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1409 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1410 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1411 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1412 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1413 * mid_end (in srow).
1415 if (mid_start > 0)
1417 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1418 idx = 0;
1419 srow = 0;
1420 if (scrolled_down)
1421 mid_start = top_end;
1422 else
1423 mid_start = 0;
1424 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1426 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1427 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1428 else if (!scrolled_down)
1429 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1430 ++idx;
1431 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1432 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1433 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1434 else
1435 # endif
1436 ++lnum;
1438 srow += mid_start;
1439 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1440 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1442 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1443 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1445 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1446 mid_end = srow;
1447 break;
1449 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1454 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1456 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1457 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1458 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1459 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1460 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1462 else
1464 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1465 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1466 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1467 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1469 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1471 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1472 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1473 save_got_int = got_int;
1474 got_int = 0;
1475 #endif
1476 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1477 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1478 #endif
1481 * Update all the window rows.
1483 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1484 row = 0;
1485 srow = 0;
1486 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1487 for (;;)
1489 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1490 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1491 if (row == wp->w_height)
1493 didline = TRUE;
1494 break;
1497 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1498 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1500 eof = TRUE;
1501 break;
1504 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1505 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1506 srow = row;
1509 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1510 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1511 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1512 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1513 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1514 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1515 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1517 if (row < top_end
1518 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1519 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1520 || top_to_mod
1521 #endif
1522 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1523 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1524 || (mod_top != 0
1525 && (lnum == mod_top
1526 || (lnum >= mod_top
1527 && (lnum < mod_bot
1528 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1529 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1530 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1531 && syntax_present(buf)
1532 && (
1533 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1534 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1535 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1536 # endif
1537 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1538 #endif
1539 )))))
1541 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1542 if (lnum == mod_top)
1543 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1544 #endif
1547 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1548 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1549 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1550 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1552 if (lnum == mod_top
1553 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1554 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1556 int old_rows = 0;
1557 int new_rows = 0;
1558 int xtra_rows;
1559 linenr_T l;
1561 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1562 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1563 * currently displayed. */
1564 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1566 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1567 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1568 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1569 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1570 break;
1571 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1572 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1573 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1574 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1576 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1577 * Add following invalid entries. */
1578 ++i;
1579 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1580 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1581 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1582 break;
1584 #endif
1587 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1589 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1590 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1591 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1592 bot_start = 0;
1594 else
1596 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1597 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1598 j = idx;
1599 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1601 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1602 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1603 ++new_rows;
1604 else
1605 #endif
1606 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1607 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1608 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1609 + wp->w_topfill;
1610 else
1611 #endif
1612 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1613 ++j;
1614 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1616 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1617 new_rows = 9999;
1618 break;
1621 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1622 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1624 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1625 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1626 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1627 * below the scrolled text. */
1628 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1629 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1630 else
1632 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1633 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1634 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1635 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1636 else
1637 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1640 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1642 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1643 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1644 * rest. */
1645 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1646 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1647 else
1649 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1650 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1651 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1652 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1653 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1654 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1655 * updating down. */
1656 top_end += xtra_rows;
1660 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1661 * entries. */
1662 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1664 if (j < i)
1666 int x = row + new_rows;
1668 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1669 for (;;)
1671 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1672 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1674 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1675 break;
1677 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1678 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1679 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1680 > wp->w_height)
1682 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1683 break;
1685 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1686 ++i;
1688 if (bot_start > x)
1689 bot_start = x;
1691 else /* j > i */
1693 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1694 j -= i;
1695 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1696 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1697 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1698 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1699 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1701 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1702 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1703 * Reset to zero. */
1704 while (i >= idx)
1706 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1707 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1714 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1716 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1717 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1718 * 'wrap' is on).
1720 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1721 if (fold_count != 0)
1723 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1724 ++row;
1725 --fold_count;
1726 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1727 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1728 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1729 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1730 # endif
1732 else
1733 #endif
1734 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1735 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1736 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1737 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1738 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1739 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1740 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1741 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1742 #endif
1745 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1746 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1747 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1749 else
1751 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1752 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1753 #endif
1754 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1755 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1756 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1757 && syntax_present(buf))
1758 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1759 #endif
1762 * Display one line.
1764 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1766 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1767 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1768 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1769 #endif
1770 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1771 did_update = DID_LINE;
1772 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1773 #endif
1776 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1777 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1778 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1780 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1781 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1782 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1783 ++idx;
1784 break;
1786 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1787 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1788 ++idx;
1789 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1790 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1791 #else
1792 ++lnum;
1793 #endif
1795 else
1797 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1798 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1799 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1800 break;
1801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1802 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1803 #else
1804 ++lnum;
1805 #endif
1806 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1807 did_update = DID_NONE;
1808 #endif
1811 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1813 eof = TRUE;
1814 break;
1818 * End of loop over all window lines.
1822 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1823 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1825 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1827 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1829 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1830 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1831 #endif
1834 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1835 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1837 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1838 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1839 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1840 #endif
1841 if (!eof && !didline)
1843 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1846 * Single line that does not fit!
1847 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1849 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1851 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1852 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1854 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1855 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1856 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1858 #endif
1859 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1862 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1864 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1865 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1866 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1867 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1868 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1869 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1871 else
1873 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1874 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1877 else
1879 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1880 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1881 #endif
1882 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1884 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1885 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1886 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1887 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1890 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1892 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1893 i = '-';
1894 else
1895 i = fill_diff;
1896 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1897 j = wp->w_height - row;
1898 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1899 row += j;
1901 #endif
1903 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1904 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1906 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1907 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1908 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1911 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1912 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1913 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1914 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1915 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1916 #endif
1918 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1921 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1922 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1923 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1924 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1925 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1926 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1927 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1928 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1929 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1930 * changes are relevant).
1932 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1933 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1935 recursive = TRUE;
1936 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1937 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1938 if (must_redraw != 0)
1940 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1941 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1942 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1943 win_update(curwin);
1944 must_redraw = 0;
1945 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1947 recursive = FALSE;
1951 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1952 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1953 if (!got_int)
1954 got_int = save_got_int;
1955 #endif
1958 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1959 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1962 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1964 static int
1965 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1966 win_T *wp;
1968 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1969 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1970 || usingNetbeans
1971 # endif
1974 #endif
1977 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1978 * as the filler character.
1980 static void
1981 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1982 win_T *wp;
1983 int c1;
1984 int c2;
1985 int row;
1986 int endrow;
1987 hlf_T hl;
1989 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
1990 int n = 0;
1991 # define FDC_OFF n
1992 #else
1993 # define FDC_OFF 0
1994 #endif
1996 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1997 if (wp->w_p_rl)
1999 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2000 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2001 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2003 if (n > 0)
2005 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2006 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2007 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2008 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2009 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2010 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2012 # endif
2013 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2014 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2016 int nn = n + 2;
2018 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2019 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2020 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2021 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2022 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2023 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2024 n = nn;
2026 # endif
2027 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2028 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2029 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2030 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2031 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2032 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2034 else
2035 #endif
2037 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2038 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2040 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2041 n = 1;
2042 if (n > wp->w_width)
2043 n = wp->w_width;
2044 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2045 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2046 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2048 #endif
2049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2050 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2052 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2054 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2055 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2056 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2057 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2058 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2059 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2060 n = nn;
2062 #endif
2063 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2064 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2066 int nn = n + 2;
2068 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2069 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2070 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2071 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2072 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2073 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2074 n = nn;
2076 #endif
2077 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2078 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2079 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2081 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2084 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2086 * Display one folded line.
2088 static void
2089 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2090 win_T *wp;
2091 long fold_count;
2092 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2093 linenr_T lnum;
2094 int row;
2096 char_u buf[51];
2097 pos_T *top, *bot;
2098 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2099 int len;
2100 char_u *text;
2101 int fdc;
2102 int col;
2103 int txtcol;
2104 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2105 int ri;
2107 /* Build the fold line:
2108 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2109 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2110 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2111 * 4. Compose the text
2112 * 5. Add the text
2113 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2115 col = 0;
2118 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2119 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2121 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2122 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2124 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2125 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2127 if (enc_utf8)
2128 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2129 #endif
2130 ++col;
2132 #endif
2135 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2137 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2138 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2139 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2140 if (fdc > 0)
2142 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2143 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2144 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2146 int i;
2148 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2149 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2150 /* reverse the fold column */
2151 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2152 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2154 else
2155 #endif
2156 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2157 col += fdc;
2160 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2161 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2162 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2163 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2164 else \
2165 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2166 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2167 #else
2168 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2169 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2170 #endif
2172 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2173 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2175 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2176 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2177 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2179 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2180 if (len > 0)
2182 if (len > 2)
2183 len = 2;
2184 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2185 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2186 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2187 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2188 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2189 else
2190 # endif
2191 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2192 col += len;
2195 #endif
2198 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2200 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2202 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2203 if (len > 0)
2205 int w = number_width(wp);
2207 if (len > w + 1)
2208 len = w + 1;
2209 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2211 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2212 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2213 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2214 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2215 else
2216 #endif
2217 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2218 col += len;
2223 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2225 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2227 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2230 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2231 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2232 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2235 if (has_mbyte)
2237 int cells;
2238 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2239 int i;
2240 int idx;
2241 int c_len;
2242 char_u *p;
2243 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2244 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2245 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2246 # endif
2248 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2249 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2250 idx = off;
2251 else
2252 # endif
2253 idx = off + col;
2255 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2256 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2258 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2259 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2260 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2261 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2262 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2263 # endif
2265 break;
2266 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2267 if (enc_utf8)
2269 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2270 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2272 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2273 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2274 prev_c = u8c;
2275 #endif
2277 else
2279 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2280 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2282 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2283 int pc, pc1, nc;
2284 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2285 int firstbyte = *p;
2287 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2288 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2289 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2291 pc = prev_c;
2292 pc1 = prev_c1;
2293 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2294 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2296 else
2298 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2299 nc = prev_c;
2300 pc1 = pcc[0];
2302 prev_c = u8c;
2304 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2305 pc, pc1, nc);
2306 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2308 else
2309 prev_c = u8c;
2310 #endif
2311 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2312 #ifdef UNICODE16
2313 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2314 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2315 else
2316 #endif
2317 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2318 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2320 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2321 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2322 break;
2325 if (cells > 1)
2326 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2328 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */
2330 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2331 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2332 else
2333 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2335 col += cells;
2336 idx += cells;
2337 p += c_len;
2340 else
2341 #endif
2343 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2344 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2345 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2346 if (len > 0)
2348 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2349 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2350 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2351 else
2352 #endif
2353 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2354 col += len;
2358 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2359 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2360 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2361 col -= txtcol;
2362 #endif
2363 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2364 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2365 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2366 #endif
2369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2370 if (enc_utf8)
2372 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2374 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2375 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2377 else
2378 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2380 #endif
2381 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2384 if (text != buf)
2385 vim_free(text);
2388 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2389 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2391 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2392 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2394 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2396 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2397 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2398 bot = &VIsual;
2400 else
2402 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2403 top = &VIsual;
2404 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2406 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2407 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2408 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2409 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2410 || (lnum == top->lnum
2411 && top->col == 0))
2412 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2413 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2414 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2415 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2417 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2419 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2420 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2422 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2423 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2424 else
2425 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2426 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2427 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2430 else
2432 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2433 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2437 #endif
2439 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2440 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2441 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
2443 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol;
2444 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2445 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol;
2446 else
2447 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol;
2448 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2449 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2450 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2452 #endif
2454 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2455 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2458 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2459 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2461 if (wp == curwin
2462 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2463 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2465 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2466 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2467 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2468 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2473 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2475 static void
2476 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2477 int off;
2478 char_u *buf;
2479 int len;
2480 int attr;
2482 int i;
2484 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2485 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2486 if (enc_utf8)
2487 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2488 # endif
2489 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2490 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2494 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2495 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2497 static void
2498 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2499 char_u *p;
2500 win_T *wp;
2501 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2502 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2504 int i = 0;
2505 int level;
2506 int first_level;
2507 int empty;
2509 /* Init to all spaces. */
2510 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2512 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2513 if (level > 0)
2515 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2516 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2518 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2519 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2520 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2521 if (first_level < 1)
2522 first_level = 1;
2524 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2526 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2527 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2528 p[i] = '-';
2529 else if (first_level == 1)
2530 p[i] = '|';
2531 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2532 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2533 else
2534 p[i] = '>';
2535 if (first_level + i == level)
2536 break;
2539 if (closed)
2540 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2542 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2545 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2546 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2547 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2549 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2551 static int
2552 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2553 win_T *wp;
2554 linenr_T lnum;
2555 int startrow;
2556 int endrow;
2557 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */
2559 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2560 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2561 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2562 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2563 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2564 char_u *line; /* current line */
2565 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2566 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2567 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2569 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2570 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2571 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2572 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2573 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2574 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2575 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2576 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2577 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2579 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2580 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2581 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2582 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2583 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2585 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2586 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2587 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2588 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2590 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2592 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2593 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2594 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2595 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2596 pos_T *top, *bot;
2597 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
2598 #endif
2599 pos_T pos;
2600 long v;
2602 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2603 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2604 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2605 in this line */
2606 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2607 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2608 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2609 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2610 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2611 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2612 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2613 int save_did_emsg;
2614 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2615 #endif
2616 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2617 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2618 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2619 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2620 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2621 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2622 starts */
2623 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2624 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2625 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2626 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2627 * there are no spell errors */
2628 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2629 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2630 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2631 #endif
2632 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2634 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2635 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2636 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2637 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2638 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2639 #endif
2640 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2641 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2642 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2643 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2644 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2645 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2646 #endif
2647 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2648 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2649 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2650 #endif
2651 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2652 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2653 # define LINE_ATTR
2654 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */
2655 #endif
2656 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2657 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2658 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2659 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2660 has been processed or not */
2661 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2662 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2663 of the matches */
2664 #endif
2665 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2666 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2667 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2668 #endif
2669 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2670 int did_line_attr = 0;
2671 #endif
2673 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2674 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2675 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2676 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2677 #else
2678 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2679 #endif
2680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2681 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2682 #else
2683 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2684 #endif
2685 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2686 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2687 #else
2688 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2689 #endif
2690 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2691 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2692 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2693 #else
2694 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2695 #endif
2696 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2697 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2698 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM))
2699 int feedback_col = 0;
2700 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2701 #endif
2704 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2705 return startrow;
2707 row = startrow;
2708 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2711 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2712 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2714 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2715 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2716 #else
2717 extra_check = 0;
2718 #endif
2719 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2720 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2722 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2723 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2724 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2725 did_emsg = FALSE;
2726 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2727 if (did_emsg)
2728 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2729 else
2731 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2732 has_syntax = TRUE;
2733 extra_check = TRUE;
2736 #endif
2738 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2739 if (wp->w_p_spell
2740 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2741 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2742 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2744 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2745 has_spell = TRUE;
2746 extra_check = TRUE;
2748 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2749 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2750 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2751 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2752 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2754 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2755 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2758 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2759 * line is valid. */
2760 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2761 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2762 checked_lnum = 0;
2764 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2765 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2766 * the first word. */
2767 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2768 cap_col = -1;
2769 if (lnum == 1)
2770 cap_col = 0;
2771 capcol_lnum = 0;
2773 #endif
2776 * handle visual active in this window
2778 fromcol = -10;
2779 tocol = MAXCOL;
2780 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2781 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2783 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2784 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2786 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2787 bot = &VIsual;
2789 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2791 top = &VIsual;
2792 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2794 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2795 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2797 if (lnum_in_visual_area)
2799 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2800 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2803 else /* non-block mode */
2805 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2806 fromcol = 0;
2807 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2809 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2810 fromcol = 0;
2811 else
2813 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2814 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2815 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2818 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2820 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2821 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2822 && bot->coladd == 0
2823 #endif
2826 fromcol = -10;
2827 tocol = MAXCOL;
2829 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2830 tocol = MAXCOL;
2831 else
2833 pos = *bot;
2834 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2835 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2836 else
2838 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2839 ++tocol;
2845 #ifndef MSDOS
2846 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2847 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2848 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2849 && !gui.in_use
2850 # endif
2852 noinvcur = TRUE;
2853 #endif
2855 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2856 if (fromcol >= 0)
2858 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2859 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2860 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2861 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2862 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2863 #endif
2868 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2870 else
2871 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2872 if (highlight_match
2873 && wp == curwin
2874 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2875 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2877 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2878 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2879 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2880 else
2881 fromcol = 0;
2882 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2884 pos.lnum = lnum;
2885 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2886 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2888 else
2889 tocol = MAXCOL;
2890 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */
2891 if (fromcol == tocol)
2892 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2893 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2894 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2897 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2898 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2899 if (filler_lines < 0)
2901 if (filler_lines == -1)
2903 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2904 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2905 else if (change_start == 0)
2906 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2907 else
2908 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2910 else
2911 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2912 filler_lines = 0;
2913 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2915 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2916 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2917 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2918 #endif
2920 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2921 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2922 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2923 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2924 if (v != 0)
2925 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2926 # endif
2927 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2928 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2929 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2930 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2931 # endif
2932 if (line_attr != 0)
2933 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2934 #endif
2936 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2937 ptr = line;
2939 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2940 if (has_spell)
2942 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2943 if (cap_col == 0)
2944 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2946 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2947 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2948 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2949 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2951 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2952 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2953 nextline_idx = 0;
2955 else
2957 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2958 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2960 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2961 * next line. */
2962 nextlinecol = 0;
2963 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2964 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2965 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2967 else
2969 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2970 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2971 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2972 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2976 #endif
2978 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2979 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2981 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2982 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2983 --trailcol;
2984 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2985 extra_check = TRUE;
2989 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2990 * first character to be displayed.
2992 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2993 v = wp->w_skipcol;
2994 else
2995 v = wp->w_leftcol;
2996 if (v > 0)
2998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2999 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
3000 #endif
3001 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
3003 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
3004 vcol += c;
3005 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3006 prev_ptr = ptr;
3007 #endif
3008 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3011 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3012 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the
3013 * start of the displayed part. */
3014 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active())
3015 vcol = v;
3016 #endif
3018 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3019 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3020 if (vcol > v)
3022 vcol -= c;
3023 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3024 ptr = prev_ptr;
3025 #else
3026 --ptr;
3027 #endif
3028 n_skip = v - vcol;
3032 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3033 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3035 if (tocol <= vcol)
3036 fromcol = 0;
3037 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3038 fromcol = vcol;
3040 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3041 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3042 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3043 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3044 #endif
3045 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3046 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3047 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3048 if (has_spell)
3050 int len;
3051 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3052 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3054 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3055 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3056 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
3057 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3059 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */
3060 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3061 ptr = line + linecol;
3063 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3065 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3066 * word */
3067 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3068 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer)
3069 - line + 1);
3071 else
3073 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3074 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3076 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3077 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3078 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3080 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3082 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3083 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3084 if (has_syntax)
3085 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3086 # endif
3088 #endif
3092 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3093 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3095 if (fromcol >= 0)
3097 if (noinvcur)
3099 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3101 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3102 * cursor */
3103 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3104 fromcol = -1;
3106 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3107 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3108 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3110 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3111 fromcol = -1;
3114 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3116 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3117 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3119 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3120 shl_flag = FALSE;
3121 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3123 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3125 shl = &search_hl;
3126 shl_flag = TRUE;
3128 else
3129 shl = &cur->hl;
3130 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3131 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3132 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3133 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3135 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3136 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3138 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3139 * invalid. */
3140 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3141 ptr = line + v;
3143 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3145 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3146 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3147 else
3148 shl->startcol = 0;
3149 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3150 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3151 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3152 else
3153 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3154 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3155 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3158 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3159 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3160 else
3161 #endif
3162 ++shl->endcol;
3164 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3166 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3167 search_attr = shl->attr;
3169 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3172 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3173 cur = cur->next;
3175 #endif
3177 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3178 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3179 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3180 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3182 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3183 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3185 #endif
3187 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3188 col = 0;
3189 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3190 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3192 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3193 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3194 * rightmost column of the window. */
3195 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3196 off += col;
3198 #endif
3201 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3203 for (;;)
3205 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3206 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3208 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3209 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3211 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3212 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3214 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3215 n_extra = 1;
3216 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3217 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3220 #endif
3222 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3223 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3225 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3226 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3228 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3229 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3230 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3231 p_extra = extra;
3232 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3233 c_extra = NUL;
3234 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3237 #endif
3239 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3240 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3242 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3243 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3244 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3245 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3246 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3247 && filler_todo <= 0
3248 # endif
3251 int_u text_sign;
3252 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3253 int_u icon_sign;
3254 # endif
3256 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3257 c_extra = ' ';
3258 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3259 n_extra = 2;
3261 if (row == startrow)
3263 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3264 SIGN_TEXT);
3265 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3266 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3267 SIGN_ICON);
3268 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3270 /* Use the image in this position. */
3271 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3272 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3273 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3274 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3275 # endif
3276 char_attr = icon_sign;
3278 else
3279 # endif
3280 if (text_sign != 0)
3282 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3283 if (p_extra != NULL)
3285 c_extra = NUL;
3286 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3288 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3293 #endif
3295 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3297 draw_state = WL_NR;
3298 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3299 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3300 if (wp->w_p_nu
3301 && (row == startrow
3302 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3303 + filler_lines
3304 #endif
3305 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3307 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3308 if (row == startrow
3309 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3310 + filler_lines
3311 #endif
3314 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3315 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3316 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3317 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3318 *p_extra = '-';
3319 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3320 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3321 rl_mirror(extra);
3322 #endif
3323 p_extra = extra;
3324 c_extra = NUL;
3326 else
3327 c_extra = ' ';
3328 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3329 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3330 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3331 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3332 * the current line differently. */
3333 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3334 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3335 #endif
3339 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3340 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3342 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3343 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3344 if (filler_todo > 0)
3346 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3347 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3348 c_extra = '-';
3349 else
3350 c_extra = fill_diff;
3351 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3352 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3353 n_extra = col + 1;
3354 else
3355 # endif
3356 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3357 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3359 # endif
3360 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3361 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3363 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3364 p_extra = p_sbr;
3365 c_extra = NUL;
3366 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3367 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3368 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3369 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3370 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3371 if (tocol == vcol)
3372 tocol += n_extra;
3374 # endif
3376 #endif
3378 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3380 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3381 if (saved_n_extra)
3383 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3384 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3385 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3386 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3387 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3389 else
3390 char_attr = 0;
3394 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3395 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3396 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3397 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3398 && filler_todo <= 0
3399 #endif
3402 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3403 wp->w_p_rl);
3404 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3405 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3406 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3407 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3408 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3409 else
3410 #endif
3411 row = wp->w_height;
3412 break;
3415 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3417 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3418 if (vcol == fromcol
3419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3420 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3421 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3422 #endif
3423 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3424 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */
3425 && vcol < tocol))
3426 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3427 else if (area_attr != 0
3428 && (vcol == tocol
3429 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3430 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3432 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3433 if (!n_extra)
3436 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3437 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3438 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3439 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3440 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3441 * priority).
3443 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3444 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3445 shl_flag = FALSE;
3446 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3448 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3449 && ((cur != NULL
3450 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3451 || cur == NULL))
3453 shl = &search_hl;
3454 shl_flag = TRUE;
3456 else
3457 shl = &cur->hl;
3458 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3460 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3461 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3462 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3464 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3466 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3468 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3470 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3472 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3473 * may have made it invalid. */
3474 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3475 ptr = line + v;
3477 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3479 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3480 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3481 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3482 else
3483 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3485 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3487 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3488 * it */
3489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3490 if (has_mbyte)
3491 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3492 + shl->endcol);
3493 else
3494 #endif
3495 ++shl->endcol;
3498 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3499 * current position */
3500 continue;
3503 break;
3505 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3506 cur = cur->next;
3509 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3510 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3511 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3512 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3513 shl_flag = FALSE;
3514 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3516 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3517 && ((cur != NULL
3518 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3519 || cur == NULL))
3521 shl = &search_hl;
3522 shl_flag = TRUE;
3524 else
3525 shl = &cur->hl;
3526 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3527 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3528 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3529 cur = cur->next;
3532 #endif
3534 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3535 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3537 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3538 && n_extra == 0)
3539 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3540 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3541 && n_extra == 0)
3542 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3543 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3545 #endif
3547 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3548 attr_pri = TRUE;
3549 if (area_attr != 0)
3550 char_attr = area_attr;
3551 else if (search_attr != 0)
3552 char_attr = search_attr;
3553 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3554 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3555 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3556 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3557 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
3558 || vcol >= tocol))
3559 char_attr = line_attr;
3560 #endif
3561 else
3563 attr_pri = FALSE;
3564 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3565 if (has_syntax)
3566 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3567 else
3568 #endif
3569 char_attr = 0;
3574 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3577 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3578 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3579 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3580 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3581 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3582 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3584 if (n_extra > 0)
3586 if (c_extra != NUL)
3588 c = c_extra;
3589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3590 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3591 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3593 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3594 u8cc[0] = 0;
3595 c = 0xc0;
3597 else
3598 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3599 #endif
3601 else
3603 c = *p_extra;
3604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3605 if (has_mbyte)
3607 mb_c = c;
3608 if (enc_utf8)
3610 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3611 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3612 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3613 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3614 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3615 mb_l = 1;
3616 else if (mb_l > 1)
3618 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3619 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3620 c = 0xc0;
3623 else
3625 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3626 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3627 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3628 mb_l = 1;
3629 else if (mb_l > 1)
3630 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3632 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3633 mb_l = 1;
3635 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3636 * last column. */
3637 if ((
3638 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3639 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3640 # endif
3641 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3642 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3644 c = '>';
3645 mb_c = c;
3646 mb_l = 1;
3647 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3648 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3649 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3650 * character at the start of the next line. */
3651 ++n_extra;
3652 --p_extra;
3654 else
3656 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3657 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3660 #endif
3661 ++p_extra;
3663 --n_extra;
3665 else
3668 * Get a character from the line itself.
3670 c = *ptr;
3671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3672 if (has_mbyte)
3674 mb_c = c;
3675 if (enc_utf8)
3677 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3678 * into "mb_c". */
3679 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3680 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3681 if (mb_l > 1)
3683 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3684 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3685 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3686 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3687 c = mb_c;
3688 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3690 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3691 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3692 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3694 int i;
3696 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3697 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3698 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3699 mb_c = ' ';
3703 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3704 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3705 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3706 # ifdef UNICODE16
3707 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3708 # endif
3712 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3713 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3715 # ifdef UNICODE16
3716 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3717 # endif
3719 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3720 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3721 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3722 rl_mirror(extra);
3723 # endif
3725 # ifdef UNICODE16
3726 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3727 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3728 else
3729 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3730 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3731 # endif
3733 p_extra = extra;
3734 c = *p_extra;
3735 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3736 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3737 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3738 c_extra = NUL;
3739 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3741 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3742 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3743 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3746 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3747 mb_l = 1;
3748 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3749 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3751 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3752 int pc, pc1, nc;
3753 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3755 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3756 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3757 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3759 pc = prev_c;
3760 pc1 = prev_c1;
3761 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3762 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3764 else
3766 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3767 nc = prev_c;
3768 pc1 = pcc[0];
3770 prev_c = mb_c;
3772 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3774 else
3775 prev_c = mb_c;
3776 #endif
3778 else /* enc_dbcs */
3780 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3781 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3782 mb_l = 1;
3783 else if (mb_l > 1)
3785 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3786 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3788 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3789 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3790 else
3792 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3794 /* head byte at end of line */
3795 mb_l = 1;
3796 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3798 else
3800 /* illegal tail byte */
3801 mb_l = 2;
3802 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3804 p_extra = extra;
3805 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3806 c_extra = NUL;
3807 c = *p_extra++;
3808 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3810 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3811 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3812 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3814 mb_c = c;
3818 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3819 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3820 * next line. */
3821 if ((
3822 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3823 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3824 # endif
3825 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3826 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3828 c = '>';
3829 mb_c = c;
3830 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3831 mb_l = 1;
3832 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3833 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3834 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3835 --ptr;
3837 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3838 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3840 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3841 * a '<' in the first column. */
3842 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3844 n_extra = 1;
3845 c_extra = '<';
3846 c = ' ';
3847 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3849 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3850 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3851 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3853 mb_c = c;
3854 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3855 mb_l = 1;
3859 #endif
3860 ++ptr;
3862 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3863 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3864 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3865 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3866 #endif
3867 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3869 c = lcs_nbsp;
3870 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3872 n_attr = 1;
3873 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3874 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3877 mb_c = c;
3878 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3880 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3881 u8cc[0] = 0;
3882 c = 0xc0;
3884 else
3885 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3886 #endif
3889 if (extra_check)
3891 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3892 int can_spell = TRUE;
3893 #endif
3895 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3896 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3897 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3898 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3899 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3901 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3902 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3903 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3904 did_emsg = FALSE;
3906 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3907 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3908 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3909 # endif
3910 NULL, FALSE);
3912 if (did_emsg)
3914 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3915 has_syntax = FALSE;
3917 else
3918 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3920 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3921 * have made it invalid. */
3922 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3923 ptr = line + v;
3925 if (!attr_pri)
3926 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3927 else
3928 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3930 #endif
3932 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3933 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3934 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3935 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3936 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3937 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3939 spell_attr = 0;
3940 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3941 if (!attr_pri)
3942 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3943 # endif
3944 if (c != 0 && (
3945 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3946 !has_syntax ||
3947 # endif
3948 can_spell))
3950 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3951 int len;
3952 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3953 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3954 if (has_mbyte)
3956 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3957 v -= mb_l - 1;
3959 else
3960 # endif
3961 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3963 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3964 * next line concatenated. */
3965 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3966 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3967 else
3968 p = prev_ptr;
3969 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3970 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
3971 nochange);
3972 word_end = v + len;
3974 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3975 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3976 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
3977 && (State & INSERT) != 0
3978 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
3979 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
3980 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
3981 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
3983 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3984 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
3987 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
3988 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
3990 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
3991 * start of the next line. */
3992 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
3993 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
3996 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3997 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3998 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
4000 if (cap_col > 0)
4002 if (p != prev_ptr
4003 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
4005 /* Remember that the word in the next line
4006 * must start with a capital. */
4007 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4008 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
4009 - nextline_idx);
4011 else
4012 /* Compute the actual column. */
4013 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4017 if (spell_attr != 0)
4019 if (!attr_pri)
4020 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4021 else
4022 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4024 #endif
4025 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4027 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4029 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4030 && !wp->w_p_list)
4032 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4033 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4034 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4035 # endif
4036 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4037 c_extra = ' ';
4038 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4039 c = ' ';
4041 #endif
4043 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4045 c = lcs_trail;
4046 if (!attr_pri)
4048 n_attr = 1;
4049 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4050 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4053 mb_c = c;
4054 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4056 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4057 u8cc[0] = 0;
4058 c = 0xc0;
4060 else
4061 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4062 #endif
4067 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4069 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4072 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4073 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4074 * into "ScreenLines".
4076 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4078 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4079 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4080 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4082 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4083 #endif
4084 if (wp->w_p_list)
4086 c = lcs_tab1;
4087 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4088 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4089 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4090 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4092 mb_c = c;
4093 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4095 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4096 u8cc[0] = 0;
4097 c = 0xc0;
4099 #endif
4101 else
4103 c_extra = ' ';
4104 c = ' ';
4107 else if (c == NUL
4108 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4109 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4110 && tocol > vcol
4111 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4112 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4113 #endif
4114 && (
4115 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4116 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4117 # endif
4118 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4119 && !(noinvcur
4120 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4121 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4122 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4124 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4125 * character if the line break is included. */
4126 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4127 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4128 * "$". */
4129 if (
4130 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4131 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4132 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4134 # endif
4135 # endif
4136 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4137 line_attr == 0
4138 # endif
4140 #endif
4142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4143 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4144 * beyond end of line. */
4145 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4146 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4147 n_extra = 0;
4148 else
4149 #endif
4151 p_extra = at_end_str;
4152 n_extra = 1;
4153 c_extra = NUL;
4156 if (wp->w_p_list)
4157 c = lcs_eol;
4158 else
4159 c = ' ';
4160 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4161 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4162 if (!attr_pri)
4164 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4165 n_attr = 1;
4167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4168 mb_c = c;
4169 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4171 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4172 u8cc[0] = 0;
4173 c = 0xc0;
4175 else
4176 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4177 #endif
4179 else if (c != NUL)
4181 p_extra = transchar(c);
4182 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4183 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4184 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4185 #endif
4186 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4187 c_extra = NUL;
4188 c = *p_extra++;
4189 if (!attr_pri)
4191 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4192 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4193 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4196 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4197 #endif
4199 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4200 else if (VIsual_active
4201 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4202 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4203 && virtual_active()
4204 && tocol != MAXCOL
4205 && vcol < tocol
4206 && (
4207 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4208 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4209 # endif
4210 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4212 c = ' ';
4213 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4215 #endif
4216 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4217 else if ((
4218 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4219 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4220 # endif
4221 line_attr != 0
4222 ) && (
4223 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4224 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4225 # endif
4226 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4228 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4229 c = ' ';
4230 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4232 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4233 ++did_line_attr;
4235 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4236 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4237 char_attr = line_attr;
4238 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4239 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4241 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4242 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4243 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4245 # endif
4247 #endif
4251 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4252 if (n_attr > 0
4253 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4254 && !attr_pri)
4255 char_attr = extra_attr;
4257 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM))
4258 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4259 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4260 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4261 if (
4262 # ifndef FEAT_GUI_MACVIM
4263 xic != NULL &&
4264 # endif
4265 lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4266 && (State & INSERT)
4267 && !p_imdisable
4268 && im_is_preediting()
4269 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4271 colnr_T tcol;
4273 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4274 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4275 else
4276 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4277 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4279 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4281 feedback_col = 0;
4282 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4284 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4285 if (char_attr < 0)
4286 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4287 feedback_col++;
4289 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4291 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4292 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4293 feedback_col = 0;
4296 #endif
4298 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4299 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4300 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4302 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4303 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4304 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4305 && filler_todo <= 0
4306 #endif
4307 && draw_state > WL_NR
4308 && c != NUL)
4310 c = lcs_prec;
4311 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4313 mb_c = c;
4314 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4316 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4317 u8cc[0] = 0;
4318 c = 0xc0;
4320 else
4321 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4322 #endif
4323 if (!attr_pri)
4325 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4326 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4327 n_attr3 = 1;
4332 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4334 if (c == NUL
4335 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4336 || did_line_attr == 1
4337 #endif
4340 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4341 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4343 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4344 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4345 ++prevcol;
4346 #endif
4348 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4349 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4350 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4351 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4352 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4353 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4354 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4355 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4356 else
4358 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4359 while (cur != NULL)
4361 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4363 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4364 break;
4366 cur = cur->next;
4369 #endif
4370 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4371 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
4372 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4373 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4374 || lnum == VIsual.lnum
4375 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4376 #endif
4377 && c == NUL)
4378 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4379 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4380 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4381 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4382 && did_line_attr <= 1
4383 # endif
4385 #endif
4388 int n = 0;
4390 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4391 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4393 if (col < 0)
4394 n = 1;
4396 else
4397 #endif
4399 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4400 n = -1;
4402 if (n != 0)
4404 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4405 * instead (better than nothing). */
4406 off += n;
4407 col += n;
4409 else
4411 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4412 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4413 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4414 if (enc_utf8)
4415 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4416 #endif
4418 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4419 if (area_attr == 0)
4421 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4422 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4423 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4424 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4425 shl_flag = FALSE;
4426 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4428 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4429 && ((cur != NULL
4430 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4431 || cur == NULL))
4433 shl = &search_hl;
4434 shl_flag = TRUE;
4436 else
4437 shl = &cur->hl;
4438 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4439 char_attr = shl->attr;
4440 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4441 cur = cur->next;
4444 #endif
4445 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4446 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4447 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4449 --col;
4450 --off;
4452 else
4453 #endif
4455 ++col;
4456 ++off;
4458 ++vcol;
4459 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4460 eol_hl_off = 1;
4461 #endif
4466 * At end of the text line.
4468 if (c == NUL)
4470 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4471 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4472 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
4474 /* highlight last char after line */
4475 --col;
4476 --off;
4477 --vcol;
4480 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4481 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4482 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4483 else
4484 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4485 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4486 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4488 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4489 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4490 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4491 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4493 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4494 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4495 && !wp->w_p_rl
4496 # endif
4499 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4501 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4502 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4503 if (enc_utf8)
4504 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4505 #endif
4506 ++col;
4507 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4509 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4510 break;
4512 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4513 ++vcol;
4516 #endif
4518 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4519 wp->w_p_rl);
4520 row++;
4523 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4524 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4526 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4528 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4529 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4530 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4531 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4532 #endif
4533 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4536 break;
4539 /* line continues beyond line end */
4540 if (lcs_ext
4541 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4542 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4543 && filler_todo <= 0
4544 #endif
4545 && (
4546 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4547 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4548 #endif
4549 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4550 && (*ptr != NUL
4551 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0)
4552 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4554 c = lcs_ext;
4555 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4557 mb_c = c;
4558 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4560 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4561 u8cc[0] = 0;
4562 c = 0xc0;
4564 else
4565 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4566 #endif
4569 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4570 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4571 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4572 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4573 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4574 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4575 && !lnum_in_visual_area)
4577 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4578 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4580 else
4581 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4582 #endif
4585 * Store character to be displayed.
4586 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4588 vcol_prev = vcol;
4589 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4592 * Store the character.
4594 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4595 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4597 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4598 --off;
4599 --col;
4601 #endif
4602 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4603 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4604 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4605 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4606 else if (enc_utf8)
4608 if (mb_utf8)
4610 int i;
4612 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4613 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4614 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4615 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4617 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4618 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4619 break;
4622 else
4623 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4625 if (multi_attr)
4627 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4628 multi_attr = 0;
4630 else
4631 #endif
4632 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4635 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4637 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4638 ++off;
4639 ++col;
4640 if (enc_utf8)
4641 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4642 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4643 else
4644 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4645 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4646 ++vcol;
4647 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4648 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4649 if (tocol == vcol)
4650 ++tocol;
4651 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4652 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4654 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4655 --off;
4656 --col;
4658 #endif
4660 #endif
4661 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4662 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4664 --off;
4665 --col;
4667 else
4668 #endif
4670 ++off;
4671 ++col;
4674 else
4675 --n_skip;
4677 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4678 if (draw_state > WL_NR
4679 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4680 && filler_todo <= 0
4681 #endif
4683 ++vcol;
4685 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4686 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4687 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4688 #endif
4690 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4691 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4692 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4694 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4695 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4696 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4699 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4700 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4702 if ((
4703 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4704 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4705 #endif
4706 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4707 && (*ptr != NUL
4708 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4709 || filler_todo > 0
4710 #endif
4711 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4712 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4715 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4716 wp->w_p_rl);
4717 ++row;
4718 ++screen_row;
4720 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4721 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4722 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4723 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4724 && filler_todo <= 0
4725 #endif
4726 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4727 break;
4729 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4730 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4731 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4732 && filler_todo <= 0
4733 #endif
4736 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4737 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4738 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4739 #endif
4740 row = endrow;
4743 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4744 if (row == endrow)
4746 ++row;
4747 break;
4750 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4751 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4752 && filler_todo <= 0
4753 #endif
4754 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4756 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4757 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4760 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4761 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4762 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4763 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4764 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4765 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4766 * (something has been written in it).
4767 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4768 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4769 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4771 if (p_tf
4772 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4773 && !gui.in_use
4774 #endif
4775 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4776 && !(has_mbyte
4777 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4778 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4779 == 2
4780 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4781 + (int)Columns - 2,
4782 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4783 == 2))
4784 #endif
4787 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4788 * then output the same character again to let the
4789 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4790 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4791 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4792 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4793 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4794 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4796 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4797 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4798 * space to keep it simple. */
4799 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4800 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4801 out_char(' ');
4802 else
4803 #endif
4804 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4805 + (Columns - 1)]);
4806 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4807 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4808 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4812 col = 0;
4813 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4814 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4815 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4817 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4818 off += col;
4820 #endif
4822 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4823 draw_state = WL_START;
4824 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4825 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4826 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4827 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4828 n_extra = 0;
4829 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4830 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4831 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4832 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4833 # endif
4834 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4835 #endif
4836 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4837 --filler_todo;
4838 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4839 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4840 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4841 break;
4842 #endif
4845 } /* for every character in the line */
4847 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4848 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4849 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4851 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4852 cap_col = 0;
4854 #endif
4856 return row;
4859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4860 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4863 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4865 static int
4866 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4867 int off_from;
4868 int off_to;
4870 int i;
4872 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4874 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4875 return TRUE;
4876 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4877 break;
4879 return FALSE;
4881 #endif
4884 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4885 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4886 * - the attributes are different
4887 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4888 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4890 static int
4891 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4892 int off_from;
4893 int off_to;
4894 int cols;
4896 if (cols > 0
4897 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4898 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4901 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4902 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4903 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4904 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4905 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4906 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4907 || (enc_utf8
4908 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4909 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4910 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))
4911 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4912 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4913 #endif
4915 return TRUE;
4916 return FALSE;
4920 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4921 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4922 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4923 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4924 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4925 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4926 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4927 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4928 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4930 static void
4931 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4932 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4933 , rlflag
4934 #endif
4936 int row;
4937 int coloff;
4938 int endcol;
4939 int clear_width;
4940 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4941 int rlflag;
4942 #endif
4944 unsigned off_from;
4945 unsigned off_to;
4946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4947 unsigned max_off_from;
4948 unsigned max_off_to;
4949 #endif
4950 int col = 0;
4951 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4952 int hl;
4953 #endif
4954 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4955 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4956 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4957 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4958 #endif
4960 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4961 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4962 int clear_next = FALSE;
4963 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
4964 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
4965 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
4966 #else
4967 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
4968 #endif
4970 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
4971 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
4972 # endif
4974 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4975 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
4976 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4977 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
4978 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
4979 #endif
4981 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4982 if (rlflag)
4984 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
4985 if (clear_width > 0)
4987 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
4988 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
4989 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4990 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
4991 # endif
4994 ++off_to;
4995 ++col;
4997 if (col <= endcol)
4998 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
4999 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
5001 col = endcol + 1;
5002 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
5003 off_from += col;
5004 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
5006 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
5008 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
5010 while (col < endcol)
5012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5013 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
5014 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
5015 else
5016 char_cells = 1;
5017 #endif
5019 redraw_this = redraw_next;
5020 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
5021 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
5023 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5024 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
5025 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
5026 * happens in the GUI.
5028 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
5030 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
5031 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5032 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5033 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5034 redraw_this = TRUE;
5036 #endif
5038 if (redraw_this)
5041 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5042 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5043 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5044 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5045 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5046 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5047 * character.
5048 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5049 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5050 * completely.
5052 if ( p_wiv
5053 && !force
5054 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5055 && !gui.in_use
5056 #endif
5057 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5058 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5061 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5063 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5064 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5065 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5066 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5067 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5070 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5071 * highlighting at this character.
5073 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5075 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5076 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5077 screen_stop_highlight();
5079 else
5080 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5082 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5083 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5085 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5086 * the other way around requires another character to be
5087 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5088 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5089 if (char_cells == 1
5090 && col + 1 < endcol
5091 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5093 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5094 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5095 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5096 redraw_next = TRUE;
5098 else if (char_cells == 2
5099 && col + 2 < endcol
5100 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5101 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5103 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5104 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5105 * cell. */
5106 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5107 redraw_next = TRUE;
5110 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5111 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5113 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5114 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5115 * the right halve of the old character.
5116 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5117 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5118 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5119 && ((char_cells == 1
5120 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5121 || (char_cells == 2
5122 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5123 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5124 clear_next = TRUE;
5125 #endif
5127 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5128 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5129 if (enc_utf8)
5131 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5132 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5134 int i;
5136 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5137 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5140 if (char_cells == 2)
5141 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5142 #endif
5144 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5145 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the
5146 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5147 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5148 * and for some xterms. */
5149 if (
5150 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5151 gui.in_use
5152 # endif
5153 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5155 # endif
5156 # ifdef UNIX
5157 term_is_xterm
5158 # endif
5161 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5162 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5163 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5164 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5165 redraw_next = TRUE;
5167 #endif
5168 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5170 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5171 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5172 if (char_cells == 2)
5173 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5175 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5176 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5177 else
5178 #endif
5179 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5181 else if ( p_wiv
5182 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5183 && !gui.in_use
5184 #endif
5185 && col + coloff > 0)
5187 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5190 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5191 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5193 screen_attr = 0;
5195 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5196 screen_stop_highlight();
5199 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5200 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5201 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5204 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5205 if (clear_next)
5207 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5208 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5209 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5210 if (enc_utf8)
5211 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5212 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5214 #endif
5216 if (clear_width > 0
5217 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5218 && !rlflag
5219 #endif
5222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5223 int startCol = col;
5224 #endif
5226 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5227 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5228 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5230 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5231 #endif
5234 ++off_to;
5235 ++col;
5237 if (col < clear_width)
5239 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5241 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5242 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5243 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5244 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5245 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5247 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5249 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5250 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5252 int prev_cells = 1;
5253 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5254 if (enc_utf8)
5255 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5256 * that its width is 2. */
5257 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5258 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5260 /* find previous character by counting from first
5261 * column and get its width. */
5262 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5263 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5265 while (off < off_to)
5267 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5268 off += prev_cells;
5272 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5273 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5274 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5275 else
5276 # endif
5277 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5278 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5281 #endif
5282 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5283 ' ', ' ', 0);
5284 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5285 off_to += clear_width - col;
5286 col = clear_width;
5287 #endif
5291 if (clear_width > 0)
5293 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5294 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5295 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5297 int c;
5299 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5300 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5301 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5302 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5303 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5304 # endif
5305 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5307 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5308 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5309 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5310 if (enc_utf8)
5312 if (c >= 0x80)
5314 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5315 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5317 else
5318 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5320 # endif
5321 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5324 else
5325 #endif
5326 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5330 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5332 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5333 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5335 void
5336 rl_mirror(str)
5337 char_u *str;
5339 char_u *p1, *p2;
5340 int t;
5342 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5344 t = *p1;
5345 *p1 = *p2;
5346 *p2 = t;
5349 #endif
5351 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5353 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5355 void
5356 status_redraw_all()
5358 win_T *wp;
5360 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5361 if (wp->w_status_height)
5363 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5364 redraw_later(VALID);
5369 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5371 void
5372 status_redraw_curbuf()
5374 win_T *wp;
5376 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5377 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5379 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5380 redraw_later(VALID);
5385 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5387 void
5388 redraw_statuslines()
5390 win_T *wp;
5392 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5393 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5394 win_redr_status(wp);
5395 if (redraw_tabline)
5396 draw_tabline();
5398 #endif
5400 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5402 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5404 void
5405 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5406 frame_T *frp;
5408 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5409 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5410 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5412 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5413 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5415 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5417 frp = frp->fr_child;
5418 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5419 frp = frp->fr_next;
5420 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5423 #endif
5425 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5427 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5429 static void
5430 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5431 win_T *wp;
5432 int row;
5434 int hl;
5435 int c;
5437 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5439 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5440 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5441 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5442 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5443 c, ' ', hl);
5446 #endif
5448 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5449 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5450 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5453 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5455 static int
5456 status_match_len(xp, s)
5457 expand_T *xp;
5458 char_u *s;
5460 int len = 0;
5462 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5463 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5464 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5466 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5467 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5468 return 1;
5469 #endif
5471 while (*s != NUL)
5473 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5474 len += ptr2cells(s);
5475 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5478 return len;
5482 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5483 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5485 static int
5486 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5487 expand_T *xp;
5488 char_u *s;
5490 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5491 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5492 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5493 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5494 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5495 #endif
5498 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5499 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!')
5500 return 2;
5501 #endif
5502 return 1;
5504 return 0;
5508 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5509 * Show at least the "match" item.
5510 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5512 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5514 void
5515 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5516 expand_T *xp;
5517 int num_matches;
5518 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5519 int match;
5520 int showtail;
5522 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5523 int row;
5524 char_u *buf;
5525 int len;
5526 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5527 int fillchar;
5528 int attr;
5529 int i;
5530 int highlight = TRUE;
5531 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5532 int selstart_col = 0;
5533 char_u *selend = NULL;
5534 static int first_match = 0;
5535 int add_left = FALSE;
5536 char_u *s;
5537 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5538 int emenu;
5539 #endif
5540 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5541 int l;
5542 #endif
5544 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5545 return;
5547 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5548 if (has_mbyte)
5549 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5550 else
5551 #endif
5552 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5553 if (buf == NULL)
5554 return;
5556 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5558 match = 0;
5559 highlight = FALSE;
5561 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5562 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5563 if (match == 0)
5564 first_match = 0;
5565 else if (match < first_match)
5567 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5568 first_match = match;
5569 add_left = TRUE;
5571 else
5573 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5574 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5575 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5576 if (first_match > 0)
5577 clen += 2;
5578 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5579 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5581 first_match = match;
5582 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5583 clen = 2;
5584 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5586 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5587 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5588 break;
5590 if (i == num_matches)
5591 add_left = TRUE;
5594 if (add_left)
5595 while (first_match > 0)
5597 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5598 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5599 break;
5600 --first_match;
5603 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5605 if (first_match == 0)
5607 *buf = NUL;
5608 len = 0;
5610 else
5612 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5613 len = 2;
5615 clen = len;
5617 i = first_match;
5618 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5620 if (i == match)
5622 selstart = buf + len;
5623 selstart_col = clen;
5626 s = L_MATCH(i);
5627 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5628 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5629 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5630 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5631 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5633 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5634 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5635 len += l;
5636 clen += l;
5638 else
5639 #endif
5640 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5642 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5643 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5644 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5645 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5647 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5648 s += l - 1;
5649 len += l;
5651 else
5652 #endif
5654 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5655 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5658 if (i == match)
5659 selend = buf + len;
5661 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5662 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5663 clen += 2;
5664 if (++i == num_matches)
5665 break;
5668 if (i != num_matches)
5670 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5671 ++clen;
5674 buf[len] = NUL;
5676 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5677 if (row >= 0)
5679 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5681 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5683 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5684 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5685 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5687 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5688 ++msg_scrolled;
5690 else
5692 ++cmdline_row;
5693 ++row;
5695 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5697 else
5699 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5700 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5701 * resized. */
5702 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5704 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5705 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5706 p_ls = 2;
5707 p_wmh = 0;
5708 last_status(FALSE);
5710 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5714 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5715 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5717 *selend = NUL;
5718 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5721 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5724 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5725 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5726 #else
5727 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5728 #endif
5729 vim_free(buf);
5731 #endif
5733 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5735 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5737 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5739 void
5740 win_redr_status(wp)
5741 win_T *wp;
5743 int row;
5744 char_u *p;
5745 int len;
5746 int fillchar;
5747 int attr;
5748 int this_ru_col;
5749 static int busy = FALSE;
5751 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly)
5752 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */
5753 if (busy)
5754 return;
5755 busy = TRUE;
5757 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5758 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5760 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5761 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5763 else if (!redrawing()
5764 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5765 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5766 * drawn over it */
5767 || pum_visible()
5768 #endif
5771 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5772 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5774 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5775 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5777 /* redraw custom status line */
5778 redraw_custum_statusline(wp);
5780 #endif
5781 else
5783 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5785 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5786 p = NameBuff;
5787 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5789 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5790 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5791 || wp->w_p_pvw
5792 #endif
5793 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5794 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5795 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5796 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5798 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5799 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5801 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5802 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5804 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5805 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5807 #endif
5808 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5810 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5811 len += 3;
5813 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5815 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5816 len += 4;
5819 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5820 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5821 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5822 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5823 #else
5824 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5825 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5826 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5827 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5829 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5830 len = 1;
5832 else
5833 #endif
5834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5835 if (has_mbyte)
5837 int clen = 0, i;
5839 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5840 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5841 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5842 /* Find first character that will fit.
5843 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5844 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5845 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5846 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5847 len = clen;
5848 if (i > 0)
5850 p = p + i - 1;
5851 *p = '<';
5852 ++len;
5856 else
5857 #endif
5858 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5860 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5861 *p = '<';
5862 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5865 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5866 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5867 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5868 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5870 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5871 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5872 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5873 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5875 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5876 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5877 #endif
5880 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5882 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5884 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5886 if (stl_connected(wp))
5887 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5888 else
5889 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5890 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5891 attr);
5893 #endif
5894 busy = FALSE;
5897 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5899 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5900 * errors encountered.
5902 static void
5903 redraw_custum_statusline(wp)
5904 win_T *wp;
5906 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5908 called_emsg = FALSE;
5909 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5910 if (called_emsg)
5911 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5912 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5913 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5914 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5916 #endif
5918 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5920 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5921 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5922 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5925 stl_connected(wp)
5926 win_T *wp;
5928 frame_T *fr;
5930 fr = wp->w_frame;
5931 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5933 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5935 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5936 break;
5938 else
5940 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5941 return TRUE;
5943 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5945 return FALSE;
5947 # endif
5949 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5951 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5953 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5956 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
5957 win_T *wp;
5958 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
5959 int len; /* length of buffer */
5961 char_u *p;
5963 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
5964 return FALSE;
5967 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5968 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
5969 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
5970 char_u *s;
5972 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
5973 curwin = wp;
5974 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
5975 ++emsg_skip;
5976 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
5977 --emsg_skip;
5978 curbuf = old_curbuf;
5979 curwin = old_curwin;
5980 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
5981 #endif
5983 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
5984 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
5985 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
5986 else
5987 #endif
5988 p = (char_u *)"lang";
5990 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
5991 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
5992 else
5993 buf[0] = NUL;
5994 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5995 vim_free(s);
5996 #endif
5998 return buf[0] != NUL;
6000 #endif
6002 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
6004 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
6005 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
6007 static void
6008 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
6009 win_T *wp;
6010 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
6012 int attr;
6013 int curattr;
6014 int row;
6015 int col = 0;
6016 int maxwidth;
6017 int width;
6018 int n;
6019 int len;
6020 int fillchar;
6021 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
6022 char_u *p;
6023 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6024 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6025 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
6027 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
6028 if (wp == NULL)
6030 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
6031 p = p_tal;
6032 row = 0;
6033 fillchar = ' ';
6034 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
6035 maxwidth = Columns;
6036 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6037 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
6038 # endif
6040 else
6042 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
6043 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
6044 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6046 if (draw_ruler)
6048 p = p_ruf;
6049 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6050 if (*p == '%')
6052 if (*++p == '-')
6053 p++;
6054 if (atoi((char *) p))
6055 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
6056 p++;
6057 if (*p++ != '(')
6058 p = p_ruf;
6060 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6061 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6062 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6063 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6064 #else
6065 col = ru_col;
6066 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6067 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6068 #endif
6069 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6070 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6071 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6072 #endif
6074 row = Rows - 1;
6075 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6076 fillchar = ' ';
6077 attr = 0;
6080 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6081 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6082 # endif
6084 else
6086 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6087 p = wp->w_p_stl;
6088 else
6089 p = p_stl;
6090 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6091 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6092 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6093 # endif
6096 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6097 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6098 #endif
6101 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6102 return;
6104 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6105 buf, sizeof(buf),
6106 p, use_sandbox,
6107 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6108 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6110 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1)
6112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6113 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6114 #else
6115 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6116 #endif
6117 ++width;
6119 buf[len] = NUL;
6122 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6124 curattr = attr;
6125 p = buf;
6126 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6128 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6129 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6130 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6131 p = hltab[n].start;
6133 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6134 curattr = attr;
6135 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6136 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6137 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6138 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6139 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6140 #endif
6141 else
6142 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6144 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6146 if (wp == NULL)
6148 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6149 col = 0;
6150 len = 0;
6151 p = buf;
6152 fillchar = 0;
6153 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6155 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6156 while (col < len)
6157 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6158 p = tabtab[n].start;
6159 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6161 while (col < Columns)
6162 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6166 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6169 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6171 void
6172 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6173 int c;
6174 int row, col;
6175 int attr;
6177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6178 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6180 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6181 #else
6182 char_u buf[2];
6184 buf[0] = c;
6185 buf[1] = NUL;
6186 #endif
6187 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6191 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6192 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6194 void
6195 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6196 int row, col;
6197 char_u *bytes;
6198 int *attrp;
6200 unsigned off;
6202 /* safety check */
6203 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6205 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6206 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6207 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6208 bytes[1] = NUL;
6210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6211 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6212 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6213 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6215 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6216 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6217 bytes[2] = NUL;
6219 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6221 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6222 bytes[2] = NUL;
6224 #endif
6228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6229 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6232 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6233 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6235 static int
6236 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6237 int off;
6238 int *u8cc;
6240 int i;
6242 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6244 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6245 return TRUE;
6246 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6247 break;
6249 return FALSE;
6251 #endif
6254 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6255 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6256 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6257 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6259 void
6260 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6261 char_u *text;
6262 int row;
6263 int col;
6264 int attr;
6266 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6270 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6271 * a NUL.
6273 void
6274 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6275 char_u *text;
6276 int len;
6277 int row;
6278 int col;
6279 int attr;
6281 unsigned off;
6282 char_u *ptr = text;
6283 int c;
6284 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6285 unsigned max_off;
6286 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6287 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6288 int u8c = 0;
6289 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6290 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6291 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6292 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6293 int pc, nc, nc1;
6294 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6295 # endif
6296 #endif
6297 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6298 int force_redraw_this;
6299 int force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6300 #endif
6301 int need_redraw;
6303 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6304 return;
6305 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6308 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
6309 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */
6310 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns
6311 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6312 && !gui.in_use
6313 # endif
6314 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
6316 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' ';
6317 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0;
6318 if (enc_utf8)
6320 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0;
6321 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0;
6323 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */
6324 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1);
6325 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */
6326 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6328 #endif
6330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6331 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6332 #endif
6333 while (col < screen_Columns
6334 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6335 && *ptr != NUL)
6337 c = *ptr;
6338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6339 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6340 if (has_mbyte)
6342 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6343 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6344 else
6345 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6346 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6347 mbyte_cells = 1;
6348 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6349 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6350 else /* enc_utf8 */
6352 if (len >= 0)
6353 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6354 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6355 else
6356 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6357 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6358 # ifdef UNICODE16
6359 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6360 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6362 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6363 if (attr == 0)
6364 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6366 # endif
6367 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6368 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6370 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6371 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6373 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6374 nc = NUL;
6375 nc1 = NUL;
6377 else
6379 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc);
6380 nc1 = pcc[0];
6382 pc = prev_c;
6383 prev_c = u8c;
6384 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6386 else
6387 prev_c = u8c;
6388 # endif
6391 #endif
6393 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6394 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next;
6395 force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6396 #endif
6398 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c
6399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6400 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6401 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6402 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6403 && c == 0x8e
6404 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6405 || (enc_utf8
6406 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)(c >= 0x80 ? u8c : 0)
6407 || screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))
6408 #endif
6409 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6410 || exmode_active;
6412 if (need_redraw
6413 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6414 || force_redraw_this
6415 #endif
6418 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6419 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6420 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6421 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6422 * and for some xterms. */
6423 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && (
6424 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6425 gui.in_use
6426 # endif
6427 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6429 # endif
6430 # ifdef UNIX
6431 term_is_xterm
6432 # endif
6435 int n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6437 if (n > HL_ALL)
6438 n = syn_attr2attr(n);
6439 if (n & HL_BOLD)
6440 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6442 #endif
6443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6444 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6445 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6446 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6447 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6448 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6449 if (clear_next_cell)
6450 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6451 else if (has_mbyte
6452 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6453 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6454 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6455 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6456 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6457 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6458 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6460 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6461 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6462 if (enc_dbcs
6463 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6464 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6465 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6466 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6467 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6468 #endif
6469 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6470 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6471 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6472 if (enc_utf8)
6474 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6475 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6476 else
6478 int i;
6480 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6481 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6483 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6484 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6485 break;
6488 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6490 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6491 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6493 screen_char(off, row, col);
6495 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6497 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6498 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6499 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6501 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6503 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6504 screen_char(off, row, col);
6506 else
6507 #endif
6508 screen_char(off, row, col);
6510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6511 if (has_mbyte)
6513 off += mbyte_cells;
6514 col += mbyte_cells;
6515 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6516 if (clear_next_cell)
6517 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6519 else
6520 #endif
6522 ++off;
6523 ++col;
6524 ++ptr;
6528 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6529 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text
6530 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */
6531 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns)
6533 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6534 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1)
6535 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6536 else
6537 # endif
6538 screen_char(off, row, col);
6540 #endif
6543 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6545 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6547 static void
6548 start_search_hl()
6550 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6552 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6553 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6554 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6555 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6556 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6557 # endif
6562 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6564 static void
6565 end_search_hl()
6567 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6569 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6570 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6575 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6577 static void
6578 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6579 win_T *wp;
6580 linenr_T lnum;
6582 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6583 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6584 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6585 has been processed or not */
6586 int n;
6589 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6590 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6591 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6593 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6594 shl_flag = FALSE;
6595 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6597 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6599 shl = &search_hl;
6600 shl_flag = TRUE;
6602 else
6603 shl = &cur->hl;
6604 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6605 && shl->lnum == 0
6606 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6608 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6610 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6611 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6612 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6613 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6614 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6615 break;
6616 # else
6617 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6618 # endif
6620 n = 0;
6621 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6623 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6624 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6626 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6627 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6628 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6629 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6631 else
6633 ++shl->first_lnum;
6634 n = 0;
6638 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6639 cur = cur->next;
6644 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6645 * Uses shl->buf.
6646 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6647 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6648 * shl->lnum is zero.
6649 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6651 static void
6652 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6653 win_T *win;
6654 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6655 linenr_T lnum;
6656 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6658 linenr_T l;
6659 colnr_T matchcol;
6660 long nmatched;
6662 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6664 /* Check for three situations:
6665 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6666 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6667 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6669 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6670 if (lnum > l)
6671 shl->lnum = 0;
6672 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6673 return;
6677 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6678 * or none is found in this line.
6680 called_emsg = FALSE;
6681 for (;;)
6683 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6684 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6685 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6687 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6688 break;
6690 #endif
6691 /* Three situations:
6692 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6693 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6694 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6695 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6697 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6698 matchcol = 0;
6699 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6700 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6701 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6703 char_u *ml;
6705 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6706 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6707 if (*ml == NUL)
6709 ++matchcol;
6710 shl->lnum = 0;
6711 break;
6713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6714 if (has_mbyte)
6715 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6716 else
6717 #endif
6718 ++matchcol;
6720 else
6721 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6723 shl->lnum = lnum;
6724 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6725 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6726 &(shl->tm)
6727 #else
6728 NULL
6729 #endif
6731 if (called_emsg)
6733 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6734 if (shl == &search_hl)
6736 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6737 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6738 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6740 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6741 shl->lnum = 0;
6742 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6743 break;
6745 if (nmatched == 0)
6747 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6748 break;
6750 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6751 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6752 || nmatched > 1
6753 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6755 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6756 break; /* useful match found */
6760 #endif
6762 static void
6763 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6764 int attr;
6766 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6768 screen_attr = attr;
6769 if (full_screen
6770 #ifdef WIN3264
6771 && termcap_active
6772 #endif
6775 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6776 if (gui.in_use)
6778 char buf[20];
6780 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6781 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6782 OUT_STR(buf);
6784 else
6785 #endif
6787 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6789 if (t_colors > 1)
6790 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6791 else
6792 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6793 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6794 attr = 0;
6795 else
6796 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6798 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6799 out_str(T_MD);
6800 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6801 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6802 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6803 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6804 out_str(T_ME);
6805 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6806 out_str(T_SO);
6807 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6808 /* underline or undercurl */
6809 out_str(T_US);
6810 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6811 out_str(T_CZH);
6812 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6813 out_str(T_MR);
6816 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6817 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6819 if (aep != NULL)
6821 if (t_colors > 1)
6823 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6824 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6825 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6826 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6828 else
6830 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6831 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6838 void
6839 screen_stop_highlight()
6841 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6843 if (screen_attr != 0
6844 #ifdef WIN3264
6845 && termcap_active
6846 #endif
6849 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6850 if (gui.in_use)
6852 char buf[20];
6854 /* use internal GUI code */
6855 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6856 OUT_STR(buf);
6858 else
6859 #endif
6861 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6863 attrentry_T *aep;
6865 if (t_colors > 1)
6868 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6870 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6871 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6872 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6873 do_ME = TRUE;
6875 else
6877 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6878 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6880 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6881 do_ME = TRUE;
6882 else
6883 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6886 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6887 screen_attr = 0;
6888 else
6889 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6893 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6894 * same sequence several times.
6896 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6898 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6899 do_ME = TRUE;
6900 else
6901 out_str(T_SE);
6903 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6905 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6906 do_ME = TRUE;
6907 else
6908 out_str(T_UE);
6910 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6912 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6913 do_ME = TRUE;
6914 else
6915 out_str(T_CZR);
6917 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6918 out_str(T_ME);
6920 if (t_colors > 1)
6922 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6923 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6924 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6925 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6926 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6927 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6928 out_str(T_MD);
6932 screen_attr = 0;
6936 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
6937 * The machine specific code may override this again.
6939 void
6940 reset_cterm_colors()
6942 if (t_colors > 1)
6944 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6945 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6947 out_str(T_OP);
6948 screen_attr = -1;
6950 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6952 out_str(T_ME);
6953 screen_attr = -1;
6959 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
6960 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
6962 static void
6963 screen_char(off, row, col)
6964 unsigned off;
6965 int row;
6966 int col;
6968 int attr;
6970 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
6971 * resizing). */
6972 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
6973 return;
6975 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6976 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6977 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
6978 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6979 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
6980 && !cmdmsg_rl
6981 #endif
6984 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6985 return;
6989 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
6991 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
6992 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
6993 attr = screen_char_attr;
6994 else
6995 #endif
6996 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
6997 if (screen_attr != attr)
6998 screen_stop_highlight();
7000 windgoto(row, col);
7002 if (screen_attr != attr)
7003 screen_start_highlight(attr);
7005 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7006 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
7008 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7010 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
7012 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
7014 out_str(buf);
7015 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
7016 ++screen_cur_col;
7018 else
7019 #endif
7021 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7022 out_flush_check();
7023 #endif
7024 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
7025 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7026 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
7027 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
7028 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
7029 #endif
7032 screen_cur_col++;
7035 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7038 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
7039 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
7040 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
7041 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
7043 static void
7044 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
7045 unsigned off;
7046 int row;
7047 int col;
7049 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
7050 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
7051 return;
7053 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7054 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7055 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
7057 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7058 return;
7061 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
7062 * second byte directly. */
7063 screen_char(off, row, col);
7064 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
7065 ++screen_cur_col;
7067 #endif
7069 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
7071 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
7072 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
7074 void
7075 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
7076 int row;
7077 int col;
7078 int height;
7079 int width;
7080 int invert;
7082 int r, c;
7083 int off;
7084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7085 int max_off;
7086 #endif
7088 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7089 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7090 return;
7092 if (invert)
7093 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7094 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7096 off = LineOffset[r];
7097 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7098 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7099 #endif
7100 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7102 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7103 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7105 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7106 ++c;
7108 else
7109 #endif
7111 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7113 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7114 ++c;
7115 #endif
7119 screen_char_attr = 0;
7121 #endif
7123 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7125 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7127 static void
7128 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7129 int row;
7130 int end;
7131 win_T *wp;
7133 int col;
7134 int width;
7136 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7137 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7138 # endif
7140 if (wp == NULL)
7142 col = 0;
7143 width = Columns;
7145 else
7147 col = wp->w_wincol;
7148 width = wp->w_width;
7150 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7152 #endif
7155 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7156 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7157 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7159 void
7160 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7161 int start_row, end_row;
7162 int start_col, end_col;
7163 int c1, c2;
7164 int attr;
7166 int row;
7167 int col;
7168 int off;
7169 int end_off;
7170 int did_delete;
7171 int c;
7172 int norm_term;
7173 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7174 int force_next = FALSE;
7175 #endif
7177 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7178 end_row = screen_Rows;
7179 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7180 end_col = screen_Columns;
7181 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7182 || start_row >= end_row
7183 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7184 return;
7186 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7187 norm_term = (
7188 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7189 !gui.in_use &&
7190 #endif
7191 t_colors <= 1);
7192 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7194 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7195 if (has_mbyte
7196 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7197 && !gui.in_use
7198 # endif
7201 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
7202 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a
7203 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a
7204 * terminal. */
7205 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col)
7206 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
7207 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col)
7208 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
7210 #endif
7212 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7213 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7214 * space.
7216 did_delete = FALSE;
7217 if (c2 == ' '
7218 && end_col == Columns
7219 && can_clear(T_CE)
7220 && (attr == 0
7221 || (norm_term
7222 && attr <= HL_ALL
7223 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7226 * check if we really need to clear something
7228 col = start_col;
7229 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7230 ++col;
7232 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7233 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7235 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7236 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7237 if (enc_utf8)
7238 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7239 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7240 ++off;
7241 else
7242 #endif
7243 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7244 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7245 ++off;
7246 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7248 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7249 screen_stop_highlight();
7250 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7251 out_str(T_CE);
7252 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7253 col = end_col - col;
7254 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7256 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7258 if (enc_utf8)
7259 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7260 #endif
7261 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7262 ++off;
7265 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7268 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7269 c = c1;
7270 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7272 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7273 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7274 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7275 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7276 #endif
7277 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7278 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7279 || force_next
7280 #endif
7283 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7284 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7285 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7286 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7287 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7288 if (
7289 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7290 gui.in_use
7291 # endif
7292 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7294 # endif
7295 # ifdef UNIX
7296 term_is_xterm
7297 # endif
7300 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7301 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7302 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7303 force_next = TRUE;
7304 else
7305 force_next = FALSE;
7307 #endif
7308 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7309 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7310 if (enc_utf8)
7312 if (c >= 0x80)
7314 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7315 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7317 else
7318 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7320 #endif
7321 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7322 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7323 screen_char(off, row, col);
7325 ++off;
7326 if (col == start_col)
7328 if (did_delete)
7329 break;
7330 c = c2;
7333 if (end_col == Columns)
7334 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7335 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7337 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7338 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7339 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7340 if (start_col == 0)
7341 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7347 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7348 * screen or the command line.
7350 void
7351 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7352 int check_msg_scroll;
7354 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7355 && !did_wait_return
7356 && emsg_silent == 0)
7358 out_flush();
7359 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7360 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7361 if (check_msg_scroll)
7362 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7367 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7368 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7369 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7370 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7373 screen_valid(clear)
7374 int clear;
7376 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7377 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7381 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7382 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7384 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7385 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7386 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7387 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7388 * final size of the shell is needed.
7390 void
7391 screenalloc(clear)
7392 int clear;
7394 int new_row, old_row;
7395 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7396 int old_Rows;
7397 #endif
7398 win_T *wp;
7399 int outofmem = FALSE;
7400 int len;
7401 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7403 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7404 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7405 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7406 int i;
7407 #endif
7408 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7409 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7410 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7411 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7412 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7413 tabpage_T *tp;
7414 #endif
7415 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7416 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7417 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7418 int retry_count = 0;
7420 retry:
7421 #endif
7423 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7424 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7425 * screen stuff.
7427 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7428 && Rows == screen_Rows
7429 && Columns == screen_Columns
7430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7431 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7432 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7433 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7434 #endif
7436 || Rows == 0
7437 || Columns == 0
7438 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7439 return;
7442 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7443 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7444 * return here.
7446 if (entered)
7447 return;
7448 entered = TRUE;
7451 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7452 * thus we must not redraw here!
7454 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7456 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7458 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7461 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7462 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7463 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7464 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7465 * - Free the old arrays.
7467 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7468 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7469 * size is wrong.
7471 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7472 win_free_lsize(wp);
7473 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7474 if (aucmd_win != NULL)
7475 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win);
7476 #endif
7478 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7479 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7480 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7481 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * MAX_MCO);
7482 if (enc_utf8)
7484 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7485 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7486 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7487 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7488 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7490 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7491 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7492 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7493 #endif
7494 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7495 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7496 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7497 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7498 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7499 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7500 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7501 #endif
7503 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7505 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7507 outofmem = TRUE;
7508 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7509 goto give_up;
7510 #endif
7513 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7514 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL
7515 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL)
7516 outofmem = TRUE;
7517 #endif
7518 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7519 give_up:
7520 #endif
7522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7523 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7524 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7525 break;
7526 #endif
7527 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7529 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7530 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7531 #endif
7532 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7533 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7534 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7535 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7536 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7537 #endif
7538 || outofmem)
7540 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7542 /* guess the size */
7543 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7545 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7546 * and over again. */
7547 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7549 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7550 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7551 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7552 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7553 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7554 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7556 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7557 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7559 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7560 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7561 #endif
7562 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7563 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7564 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7565 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7566 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7567 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7568 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7569 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7570 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7571 #endif
7573 else
7575 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7577 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7579 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7580 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7583 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7584 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7585 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7586 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7588 if (!clear)
7590 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7591 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7592 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7593 if (enc_utf8)
7595 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7596 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7597 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7598 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7599 + new_row * Columns,
7600 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7602 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7603 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7604 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7605 #endif
7606 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7607 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7608 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7609 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7611 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7612 len = screen_Columns;
7613 else
7614 len = Columns;
7615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7616 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7617 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7618 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7619 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7620 #endif
7621 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7622 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7623 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7625 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7626 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7628 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7629 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7630 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7631 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7632 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7633 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7634 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7635 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7637 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7638 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7639 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7640 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7641 #endif
7642 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7643 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7644 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7648 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7649 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7652 free_screenlines();
7654 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7656 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7657 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7658 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7659 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7660 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7661 #endif
7662 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7663 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7664 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7665 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7666 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7667 #endif
7669 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7670 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7671 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7672 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7673 #endif
7674 screen_Rows = Rows;
7675 screen_Columns = Columns;
7677 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7678 if (clear)
7679 screenclear2();
7681 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7682 else if (gui.in_use
7683 && !gui.starting
7684 && ScreenLines != NULL
7685 && old_Rows != Rows)
7687 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7689 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7690 * command.
7692 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7693 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7694 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7695 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7696 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7697 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7699 #endif
7701 entered = FALSE;
7702 --RedrawingDisabled;
7704 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7706 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
7707 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
7709 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
7711 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7712 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
7713 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
7714 goto retry;
7716 #endif
7719 void
7720 free_screenlines()
7722 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7723 int i;
7725 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7726 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7727 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7728 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7729 #endif
7730 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7731 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7732 vim_free(LineOffset);
7733 vim_free(LineWraps);
7734 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7735 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7736 #endif
7739 void
7740 screenclear()
7742 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7743 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7744 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7747 static void
7748 screenclear2()
7750 int i;
7752 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7753 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7754 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7755 #endif
7757 return;
7759 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7760 if (!gui.in_use)
7761 #endif
7762 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7763 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7765 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7766 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7767 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7768 #endif
7770 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7771 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7773 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7774 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7777 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7779 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7780 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7781 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7783 else
7785 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7786 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7787 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7788 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7791 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7793 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7794 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7795 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7796 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7797 #endif
7798 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7799 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7800 compute_cmdrow();
7801 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7802 msg_col = 0;
7803 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7804 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7805 msg_didany = FALSE;
7806 msg_didout = FALSE;
7810 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7812 static void
7813 lineclear(off, width)
7814 unsigned off;
7815 int width;
7817 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7819 if (enc_utf8)
7820 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7821 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7822 #endif
7823 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7827 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7828 * invalid value.
7830 static void
7831 lineinvalid(off, width)
7832 unsigned off;
7833 int width;
7835 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7838 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7840 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7842 static void
7843 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7844 int to;
7845 int from;
7846 win_T *wp;
7848 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7849 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7851 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7852 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7853 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7854 if (enc_utf8)
7856 int i;
7858 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7859 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7860 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7861 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7862 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7864 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7865 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7866 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7867 # endif
7868 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7869 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7871 #endif
7874 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7875 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7878 can_clear(p)
7879 char_u *p;
7881 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7882 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7883 || gui.in_use
7884 #endif
7885 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7889 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7890 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7891 * code.
7893 void
7894 screen_start()
7896 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7900 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7901 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7902 * characters sent to the terminal.
7904 void
7905 windgoto(row, col)
7906 int row;
7907 int col;
7909 sattr_T *p;
7910 int i;
7911 int plan;
7912 int cost;
7913 int wouldbe_col;
7914 int noinvcurs;
7915 char_u *bs;
7916 int goto_cost;
7917 int attr;
7919 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7920 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7922 #define PLAN_LE 1
7923 #define PLAN_CR 2
7924 #define PLAN_NL 3
7925 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7926 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7927 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7928 return;
7930 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7932 /* Check for valid position. */
7933 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
7934 row = 0;
7935 if (row >= screen_Rows)
7936 row = screen_Rows - 1;
7937 if (col >= screen_Columns)
7938 col = screen_Columns - 1;
7940 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
7941 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
7942 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
7943 else
7944 noinvcurs = 0;
7945 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
7948 * Plan how to do the positioning:
7949 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
7950 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
7951 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
7952 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
7954 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
7955 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
7957 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
7958 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
7960 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
7963 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
7964 * or T_LE.
7966 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
7967 attr = screen_attr;
7968 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
7970 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
7971 if (*T_LE)
7972 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
7973 else
7974 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
7975 if (*bs)
7976 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
7977 else
7978 cost = 999;
7979 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
7981 plan = PLAN_CR;
7982 wouldbe_col = 0;
7983 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
7985 else
7987 plan = PLAN_LE;
7988 wouldbe_col = col;
7990 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7992 cost += noinvcurs;
7993 attr = 0;
7998 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
8000 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
8002 plan = PLAN_NL;
8003 wouldbe_col = 0;
8004 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
8005 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
8007 cost += noinvcurs;
8008 attr = 0;
8013 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
8015 else
8017 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
8018 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
8019 cost = 0;
8023 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
8024 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
8026 i = col - wouldbe_col;
8027 if (i > 0)
8028 cost += i;
8029 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
8032 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
8033 * stopping highlighting.
8035 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
8036 while (i && *p++ == attr)
8037 --i;
8038 if (i != 0)
8041 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
8043 if (*--p == 0)
8045 cost += noinvcurs;
8046 while (i && *p++ == 0)
8047 --i;
8049 if (i != 0)
8050 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
8052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8053 if (enc_utf8)
8055 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
8056 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
8057 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
8059 cost = 999;
8060 break;
8063 #endif
8067 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
8069 if (cost < goto_cost)
8071 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
8073 if (noinvcurs)
8074 screen_stop_highlight();
8075 while (screen_cur_col > col)
8077 out_str(bs);
8078 --screen_cur_col;
8081 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
8083 if (noinvcurs)
8084 screen_stop_highlight();
8085 out_char('\r');
8086 screen_cur_col = 0;
8088 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
8090 if (noinvcurs)
8091 screen_stop_highlight();
8092 while (screen_cur_row < row)
8094 out_char('\n');
8095 ++screen_cur_row;
8097 screen_cur_col = 0;
8100 i = col - screen_cur_col;
8101 if (i > 0)
8104 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
8105 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
8106 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
8108 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
8110 while (i-- > 0)
8111 out_char(*T_ND);
8113 else
8115 int off;
8117 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
8118 while (i-- > 0)
8120 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
8121 screen_stop_highlight();
8122 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8123 out_flush_check();
8124 #endif
8125 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8127 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8128 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8129 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8130 #endif
8131 ++off;
8137 else
8138 cost = 999;
8140 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8142 if (noinvcurs)
8143 screen_stop_highlight();
8144 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8145 *T_CRI != NUL)
8146 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8147 else
8148 term_windgoto(row, col);
8150 screen_cur_row = row;
8151 screen_cur_col = col;
8156 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8158 void
8159 setcursor()
8161 if (redrawing())
8163 validate_cursor();
8164 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8165 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8166 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8167 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide
8168 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */
8169 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8170 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8171 (has_mbyte
8172 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2
8173 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 :
8174 # endif
8175 1)) :
8176 #endif
8177 curwin->w_wcol));
8183 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8184 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8185 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8186 * scrolling.
8187 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8190 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8191 win_T *wp;
8192 int row;
8193 int line_count;
8194 int invalid;
8195 int mayclear;
8197 int did_delete;
8198 int nextrow;
8199 int lastrow;
8200 int retval;
8202 if (invalid)
8203 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8205 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8206 return FAIL;
8208 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8209 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8211 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8212 if (retval != MAYBE)
8213 return retval;
8216 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8217 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8218 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8219 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8221 did_delete = FALSE;
8222 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8223 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8225 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8226 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8227 did_delete = TRUE;
8228 else if (wp->w_next)
8229 return FAIL;
8231 #endif
8233 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8235 if (!did_delete)
8237 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8238 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8239 #endif
8240 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8241 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8242 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8243 if (lastrow > Rows)
8244 lastrow = Rows;
8245 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8246 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8247 ' ', ' ', 0);
8250 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8251 == FAIL)
8253 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8254 if (did_delete)
8256 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8257 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8258 #endif
8259 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8261 return FAIL;
8264 return OK;
8268 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8269 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8270 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8271 * scrolling
8272 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8275 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8276 win_T *wp;
8277 int row;
8278 int line_count;
8279 int invalid;
8280 int mayclear;
8282 int retval;
8284 if (invalid)
8285 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8287 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8288 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8290 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8291 if (retval != MAYBE)
8292 return retval;
8294 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8295 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8296 return FAIL;
8298 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8300 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8301 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8303 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8305 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8306 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8308 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8309 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8313 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8314 * command line later.
8316 else
8317 #endif
8318 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8319 return OK;
8323 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8324 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8325 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8327 static int
8328 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8329 win_T *wp;
8330 int row;
8331 int line_count;
8332 int mayclear;
8333 int del;
8335 int retval;
8337 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8338 return FAIL;
8340 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8341 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8342 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8343 && wp->w_width == Columns
8344 #endif
8347 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8348 return FAIL;
8352 * Delete all remaining lines
8354 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8356 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8357 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8358 ' ', ' ', 0);
8359 return OK;
8363 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8364 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8366 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8369 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8370 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8371 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8372 * win_line().
8373 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8374 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8375 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8377 if (scroll_region
8378 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8379 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8380 #endif
8383 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8384 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8385 #endif
8386 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8387 if (del)
8388 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8389 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8390 else
8391 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8392 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8393 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8394 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8395 #endif
8396 scroll_region_reset();
8397 return retval;
8400 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8401 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8402 return FAIL;
8403 #endif
8405 return MAYBE;
8409 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8411 static void
8412 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8413 win_T *wp;
8415 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8416 while (wp != NULL)
8417 #else
8418 if (wp != NULL)
8419 #endif
8421 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8422 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8423 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8424 wp = wp->w_next;
8425 #endif
8427 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8431 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8432 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8433 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8434 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8435 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8436 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8437 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8441 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8443 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8444 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8445 #define USE_T_AL 3
8446 #define USE_T_CE 4
8447 #define USE_T_DL 5
8448 #define USE_T_SR 6
8449 #define USE_NL 7
8450 #define USE_T_CD 8
8451 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8454 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8455 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8456 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8457 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8459 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8462 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8463 int off;
8464 int row;
8465 int line_count;
8466 int end;
8467 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8469 int i;
8470 int j;
8471 unsigned temp;
8472 int cursor_row;
8473 int type;
8474 int result_empty;
8475 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8478 * FAIL if
8479 * - there is no valid screen
8480 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8481 * - the line count is less than one
8482 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8484 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8485 return FAIL;
8488 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8489 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8490 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8491 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8492 * the insert is just empty lines
8493 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8494 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8495 * at once.
8496 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8497 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8498 * 1.
8499 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8500 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8501 * just empty lines.
8502 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8503 * just empty lines.
8504 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8505 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8506 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8508 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8509 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8510 * exists.
8512 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8513 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8514 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8515 type = USE_REDRAW;
8516 else
8517 #endif
8518 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8519 type = USE_T_CD;
8520 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8521 type = USE_T_CAL;
8522 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8523 type = USE_T_CDL;
8524 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8525 type = USE_T_AL;
8526 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8527 type = USE_T_CE;
8528 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8529 type = USE_T_DL;
8530 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8531 type = USE_T_SR;
8532 else
8533 return FAIL;
8536 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8537 * care of t_db if necessary.
8539 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8540 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8541 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8544 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8545 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8546 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8548 if (*T_DB)
8549 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8551 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8552 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8553 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8554 if (off + row > 0
8555 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8556 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8557 # endif
8559 clip_clear_selection();
8560 else
8561 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8562 #endif
8564 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8565 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8566 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8567 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8568 #endif
8570 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8571 cursor_row = row;
8572 else
8573 cursor_row = row + off;
8576 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8577 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8579 row += off;
8580 end += off;
8581 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8583 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8584 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8586 /* need to copy part of a line */
8587 j = end - 1 - i;
8588 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8589 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8590 j += line_count;
8591 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8592 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8593 else
8594 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8595 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8597 else
8598 #endif
8600 j = end - 1 - i;
8601 temp = LineOffset[j];
8602 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8604 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8605 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8607 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8608 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8609 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8610 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8611 else
8612 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8616 screen_stop_highlight();
8617 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8619 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8620 /* redraw the characters */
8621 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8622 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8623 else
8624 #endif
8625 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8627 term_append_lines(line_count);
8628 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8630 else
8632 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8634 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8636 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8637 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8638 out_str(T_AL);
8640 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8641 out_str(T_SR);
8642 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8647 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8648 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8650 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8652 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8654 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8655 out_str(T_CE);
8656 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8660 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8661 gui_can_update_cursor();
8662 if (gui.in_use)
8663 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8664 #endif
8665 return OK;
8669 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8670 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8671 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8672 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8674 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8677 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8678 int off;
8679 int row;
8680 int line_count;
8681 int end;
8682 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8683 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8685 int j;
8686 int i;
8687 unsigned temp;
8688 int cursor_row;
8689 int cursor_end;
8690 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8691 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8692 int type;
8695 * FAIL if
8696 * - there is no valid screen
8697 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8698 * - the line count is less than one
8699 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8701 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8702 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8703 return FAIL;
8706 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8708 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8711 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8712 * available.
8714 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8717 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8718 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8719 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8720 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8721 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8722 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8723 * none of the other ways work.
8724 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8725 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8726 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8728 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8729 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8730 type = USE_REDRAW;
8731 else
8732 #endif
8733 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8734 type = USE_T_CD;
8735 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8737 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8738 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8739 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8740 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8741 * the trick...
8742 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8743 * (Olaf Seibert)
8745 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8746 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8747 #else
8748 else if (row == 0 && (
8749 #ifndef AMIGA
8750 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8751 * up, so use delete-line command */
8752 line_count == 1 ||
8753 #endif
8754 *T_CDL == NUL))
8755 #endif
8756 type = USE_NL;
8757 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8758 type = USE_T_CDL;
8759 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8760 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8761 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8762 #endif
8764 type = USE_T_CE;
8765 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8766 type = USE_T_DL;
8767 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8768 type = USE_T_CDL;
8769 else
8770 return FAIL;
8772 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8773 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8774 * not the full width of the screen. */
8775 if (off + row > 0
8776 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8777 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8778 # endif
8780 clip_clear_selection();
8781 else
8782 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8783 #endif
8785 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8786 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8787 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8788 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8789 #endif
8791 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8793 cursor_row = row;
8794 cursor_end = end;
8796 else
8798 cursor_row = row + off;
8799 cursor_end = end + off;
8803 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8804 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8806 row += off;
8807 end += off;
8808 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8810 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8811 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8813 /* need to copy part of a line */
8814 j = row + i;
8815 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8816 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8817 j -= line_count;
8818 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8819 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8820 else
8821 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8822 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8824 else
8825 #endif
8827 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8828 j = row + i;
8829 temp = LineOffset[j];
8830 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8832 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8833 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8835 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8836 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8837 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8838 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8839 else
8840 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8844 screen_stop_highlight();
8846 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8847 /* redraw the characters */
8848 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8849 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8850 else
8851 #endif
8852 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8854 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8855 out_str(T_CD);
8856 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8858 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8860 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8861 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8862 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8865 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8866 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8867 * last line.
8869 else if (type == USE_NL)
8871 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8872 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8873 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8875 else
8877 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8879 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8881 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8882 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8884 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8886 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8887 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8889 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8894 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8895 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8897 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8899 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8901 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8902 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8903 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8907 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8908 gui_can_update_cursor();
8909 if (gui.in_use)
8910 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8911 #endif
8913 return OK;
8917 * show the current mode and ruler
8919 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8920 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8921 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8922 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8925 showmode()
8927 int need_clear;
8928 int length = 0;
8929 int do_mode;
8930 int attr;
8931 int nwr_save;
8932 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8933 int sub_attr;
8934 #endif
8936 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
8937 && ((State & INSERT)
8938 || restart_edit
8939 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8940 || VIsual_active
8941 #endif
8943 if (do_mode || Recording)
8946 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
8947 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
8948 * it takes a bit of time.
8950 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
8952 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
8953 return 0;
8956 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
8958 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
8959 check_for_delay(FALSE);
8961 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
8962 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
8963 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8964 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
8966 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
8967 msg_pos_mode();
8968 cursor_off();
8969 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
8970 if (do_mode)
8972 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
8973 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
8974 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */
8975 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
8976 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
8977 # else
8978 if (
8979 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM)
8980 preedit_get_status()
8981 # else
8982 im_get_status()
8983 # endif
8985 # endif
8986 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM)
8987 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
8988 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
8989 # else
8990 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
8991 # endif
8992 #endif
8993 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
8994 if (gui.in_use)
8996 if (hangul_input_state_get())
8997 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
8999 #endif
9000 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9001 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
9003 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
9004 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
9005 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
9006 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9007 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
9008 if (length > 0)
9010 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9011 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
9012 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
9014 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9015 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
9016 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
9018 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9020 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
9021 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
9022 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
9023 else
9024 sub_attr = attr;
9025 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
9028 length = 0;
9030 else
9031 #endif
9033 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9034 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9035 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
9036 else
9037 #endif
9038 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9039 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
9040 else if (State & INSERT)
9042 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9043 if (p_ri)
9044 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
9045 #endif
9046 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
9048 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
9049 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
9050 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
9051 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
9052 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
9053 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
9054 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9055 if (p_hkmap)
9056 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
9057 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9058 if (p_fkmap)
9059 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
9060 # endif
9061 #endif
9062 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
9063 if (State & LANGMAP)
9065 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
9066 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
9067 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
9068 else
9069 # endif
9070 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
9072 #endif
9073 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
9074 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
9076 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9077 if (VIsual_active)
9079 char *p;
9081 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
9082 * problems. */
9083 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
9084 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
9085 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
9087 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
9088 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
9089 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
9090 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
9091 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
9092 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
9094 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
9096 #endif
9097 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
9100 need_clear = TRUE;
9102 if (Recording
9103 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9104 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
9105 #endif
9108 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
9109 need_clear = TRUE;
9112 mode_displayed = TRUE;
9113 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
9114 msg_clr_eos();
9115 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
9116 length = msg_col;
9117 msg_col = 0;
9118 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
9120 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
9121 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
9122 msg_clr_cmdline();
9124 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9125 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9126 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
9127 if (VIsual_active)
9128 clear_showcmd();
9129 # endif
9131 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
9132 * message and must be redrawn */
9133 if (redrawing()
9134 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9135 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
9136 # endif
9138 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
9139 #endif
9140 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9141 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9143 return length;
9147 * Position for a mode message.
9149 static void
9150 msg_pos_mode()
9152 msg_col = 0;
9153 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9157 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9158 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9159 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9161 void
9162 unshowmode(force)
9163 int force;
9166 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping.
9168 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9169 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9170 else
9172 msg_pos_mode();
9173 if (Recording)
9174 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9175 msg_clr_eos();
9179 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9181 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9183 static void
9184 draw_tabline()
9186 int tabcount = 0;
9187 tabpage_T *tp;
9188 int tabwidth;
9189 int col = 0;
9190 int scol = 0;
9191 int attr;
9192 win_T *wp;
9193 win_T *cwp;
9194 int wincount;
9195 int modified;
9196 int c;
9197 int len;
9198 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9199 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9200 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9201 char_u *p;
9202 int room;
9203 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9204 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9205 && !gui.in_use
9206 #endif
9209 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9211 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9212 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9213 if (gui_use_tabline())
9215 gui_update_tabline();
9216 return;
9218 #endif
9220 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9221 return;
9223 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9225 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9226 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9227 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9229 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9230 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9232 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9234 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9235 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9236 called_emsg = FALSE;
9237 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9238 if (called_emsg)
9239 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9240 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9241 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9243 else
9244 #endif
9246 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9247 ++tabcount;
9249 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9250 if (tabwidth < 6)
9251 tabwidth = 6;
9253 attr = attr_nosel;
9254 tabcount = 0;
9255 scol = 0;
9256 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9257 tp = tp->tp_next)
9259 scol = col;
9261 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9262 attr = attr_sel;
9263 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9264 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9266 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9267 attr = attr_nosel;
9269 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9271 if (tp == curtab)
9273 cwp = curwin;
9274 wp = firstwin;
9276 else
9278 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9279 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9282 modified = FALSE;
9283 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9284 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9285 modified = TRUE;
9286 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9288 if (wincount > 1)
9290 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9291 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9292 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9293 break;
9294 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9295 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9296 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9297 #else
9298 attr
9299 #endif
9301 col += len;
9303 if (modified)
9304 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9305 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9308 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9309 if (room > 0)
9311 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9312 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9313 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9314 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9315 p = NameBuff;
9316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9317 if (has_mbyte)
9318 while (len > room)
9320 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9321 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9323 else
9324 #endif
9325 if (len > room)
9327 p += len - room;
9328 len = room;
9330 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9331 len = Columns - col - 1;
9333 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9334 col += len;
9336 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9338 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9339 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9340 ++tabcount;
9341 while (scol < col)
9342 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9345 if (use_sep_chars)
9346 c = '_';
9347 else
9348 c = ' ';
9349 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9351 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9352 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9354 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9355 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9359 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9360 * set. */
9361 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9365 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9366 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9368 void
9369 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9370 buf_T *buf;
9372 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9373 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9374 else
9375 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9376 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9378 #endif
9380 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9382 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9384 static int
9385 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9386 int *attr;
9387 int is_curwin;
9389 int fill;
9390 if (is_curwin)
9392 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9393 fill = fill_stl;
9395 else
9397 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9398 fill = fill_stlnc;
9400 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9401 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9402 * current window */
9403 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9404 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9405 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9406 return fill;
9407 if (is_curwin)
9408 return '^';
9409 return '=';
9411 #endif
9413 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9415 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9416 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9418 static int
9419 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9420 int *attr;
9422 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9423 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9424 return '|';
9425 else
9426 return fill_vert;
9428 #endif
9431 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9434 redrawing()
9436 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9437 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9441 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9444 messaging()
9446 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9450 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9451 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9453 void
9454 showruler(always)
9455 int always;
9457 if (!always && !redrawing())
9458 return;
9459 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9460 if (pum_visible())
9462 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9463 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9464 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9465 # endif
9466 return;
9468 #endif
9469 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9470 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9472 redraw_custum_statusline(curwin);
9474 else
9475 #endif
9476 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9477 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9478 #endif
9480 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9481 if (need_maketitle
9482 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9483 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9484 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9485 # endif
9487 maketitle();
9488 #endif
9489 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9490 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
9491 if (redraw_tabline)
9492 draw_tabline();
9493 #endif
9496 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9497 static void
9498 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9499 win_T *wp;
9500 int always;
9502 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70
9503 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN];
9504 int row;
9505 int fillchar;
9506 int attr;
9507 int empty_line = FALSE;
9508 colnr_T virtcol;
9509 int i;
9510 size_t len;
9511 int o;
9512 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9513 int this_ru_col;
9514 int off = 0;
9515 int width = Columns;
9516 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9517 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9518 #else
9519 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9520 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9521 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9522 #endif
9524 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9525 if (!p_ru)
9526 return;
9529 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9530 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9532 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9533 return;
9535 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9536 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9537 * the (long) mode message. */
9538 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9539 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9540 # endif
9541 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9542 return;
9543 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9544 if (pum_visible())
9545 return;
9546 #endif
9548 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9549 if (*p_ruf)
9551 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9553 called_emsg = FALSE;
9554 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9555 if (called_emsg)
9556 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9557 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9558 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9559 return;
9561 #endif
9564 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9566 if (!(State & INSERT)
9567 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9568 empty_line = TRUE;
9571 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9573 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9574 if ( redraw_cmdline
9575 || always
9576 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9577 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9578 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9579 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9580 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9581 #endif
9582 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9583 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9584 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9585 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9586 #endif
9587 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9589 cursor_off();
9590 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9591 if (wp->w_status_height)
9593 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9594 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9595 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9596 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9597 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9598 # endif
9600 else
9601 #endif
9603 row = Rows - 1;
9604 fillchar = ' ';
9605 attr = 0;
9606 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9607 width = Columns;
9608 off = 0;
9609 #endif
9612 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9613 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9614 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9616 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9617 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9618 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9622 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9623 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9625 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,",
9626 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9627 ? 0L
9628 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9629 len = STRLEN(buffer);
9630 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len,
9631 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9632 (int)virtcol + 1);
9635 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9636 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9637 * screen up on some terminals).
9639 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9640 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1);
9641 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9642 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9643 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9644 #endif
9645 ++o;
9646 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9647 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9648 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9649 this_ru_col = 0;
9650 #endif
9651 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9652 * half for the filename. */
9653 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9654 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9655 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9657 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9659 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9660 if (has_mbyte)
9661 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9662 else
9663 #endif
9664 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9665 ++o;
9667 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i);
9669 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9670 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9671 if (has_mbyte)
9673 o = 0;
9674 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9676 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9677 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9679 buffer[i] = NUL;
9680 break;
9684 else
9685 #endif
9686 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9687 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9689 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9690 i = redraw_cmdline;
9691 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9692 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9693 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9694 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9695 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9696 redraw_cmdline = i;
9697 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9698 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9699 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9700 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9701 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9702 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9703 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9704 #endif
9707 #endif
9709 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9711 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9712 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9713 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9716 number_width(wp)
9717 win_T *wp;
9719 int n;
9720 linenr_T lnum;
9722 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9723 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9724 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9725 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9727 n = 0;
9730 lnum /= 10;
9731 ++n;
9732 } while (lnum > 0);
9734 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9735 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9736 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9738 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9739 return n;
9741 #endif